Swing the sword a billion times, I am invincible in Konoha

As a member of the Uchiha clan, Uchiha Huang’s starting point was not a Sharingan, but a sword!

In addition, he is also bound to a “sword-swinging system”. As long as he completes the system tasks, he can get corresponding rewards!

Ding, congratulations on completing the system task: Perfectly swing the sword 10,000 times! Reward: Increase the slashing speed by 300%!

Ding, congratulations on completing the system task: Perfectly swing the sword 100,000 times! Reward: Spiritual Space and Space Skill·Domain!

Ding, congratulations on completing the system task: Perfectly swing the sword 1 million times! Reward: Ultra Instinct…

…

Before we knew it, Uchiha Huang has become invincible in the Naruto world!

Uchiha Shisui: “No matter how fast my body-flickering technique is, it’s not as fast as Huang’s sword!”

Uchiha Itachi: “As long as that man is here, my ‘peace plan’ will never be implemented!”

Uchiha Huang: “No matter if he is a talent or a genius, he is nothing but firewood under my sword!”

Swing the sword a billion times, I am invincible in Konoha
Chapter 001: Traveling through Naruto! Sword Swinging System!
In the world of Naruto, in a forest beside the Nanhe River.
Uchiha Huang wore a ninja forehead protector that symbolized Konoha, and was dressed in long pants and a short shirt, with sweat all over his stern face.
He is nearly 1.7 meters tall and is only thirteen years old this year. He is very young and therefore full of energy.
At this moment, he held his breath and focused his eyes forward. The moment his left hand grasped the knife handle, he pushed the ground with his feet to generate power, transferred the power through the rotation of his waist, and finally transferred the power to his wrist through his shoulders, and finally concentrated it on the knife in his hand and burst out. ?
A flash of cold light!
“Crack!”
The log in front, as thick as a thigh, was cut into two pieces.
[Ding! Number of perfect sword swings +1! ]A smile appeared on Uchiha Huang’s face because he finally completed the first task of the system: to swing the sword perfectly ten thousand times!
And the sword he just swung was exactly the ten thousandth perfect swing!
Sure enough, the next moment, the system’s voice sounded in his mind:
[Ding! Congratulations to the host for completing the novice entry mission: Perfectly swing the sword 10,000 times! The “Swing the Sword System” is officially online! ][Ding! Congratulations to the host for receiving the novice mission reward: slashing speed increased by 300%! ]As the system prompt sounded in his mind, Uchiha Huang’s left hand holding the knife suddenly felt a burning sensation.
“This feeling…”
Uchiha Huang was slightly moved, and swung the knife in his hand suddenly.
“Sizzle——”
The sharp sound of air being cut reached his ears.
“What a fast knife!”
Even Uchiha Huang himself was surprised.
The slashing speed increases by 3 times. According to the kinetic energy theorem, if the speed increases by 3 times, the kinetic energy increases by 9 times!
In other words, the power of the same slash will be increased by 9 times!
A bright smile broke out on Uchiha Huang’s tired face.
It has been five years, and as a war orphan, Uchiha Huang’s life has not been easy.
Especially since the Nine-Tails Rebellion, Uchiha has been completely marginalized, which has had a great impact on his life.
In Uchiha Huang’s vague memory, his parents in this life were both Jonin, in other words, they had awakened the three-magatama Sharingan.
However, before Uchiha Huang traveled through time, they both died in the Third Ninja World War.
After traveling through time, Uchiha Huang successfully bound to the system.
A very strange system: the sword-swinging system.
As long as you complete the system tasks, you can get corresponding rewards!
The first task is to swing the sword perfectly 10,000 times.
The requirement is that you must use your left hand, and when swinging the knife you must put all your body’s strength into the knife to achieve “oneness of man and knife”, only then will the system recognize it as a perfect knife-swinging action.
This requirement sounds very high, but it is actually not that easy to achieve.
Because Uchiha Huang is not left-handed, and his left hand is far less dexterous and powerful than his right hand.
In addition, he was still very young at that time, so it was difficult for him to swing the knife perfectly with his left hand, let alone his right hand.
This condition continued until he was eleven years old, and it gradually improved with the improvement of his physical fitness and arm strength, as well as several years of practice.
After another two years of hard work and persistence, I finally completed the system’s first sword-wielding mission!
After completing the system task, Uchiha Huang discovered that the system’s rewards seemed to be mixed with some other “private goods”, not just a 3-fold increase in slashing speed.
Huang felt that the knife in his hand was an extension of his arm, and he could control it as if it were his own arm.
“It took more than a thousand days and nights of practice to achieve the current pure and passionate sword-wielding skills!”
An ordinary knife seemed to have a soul in Huang’s hand.
The corner of his mouth curled slightly, and he held the knife in his left hand and put it to his waist.
The knife was firmly inserted into the scabbard at the waist.
Then he reached back with his right hand.
“Swish!”
He pulled out the second knife from his back and chopped it forward.
“Wow!”
With a flash of cold light, the thick log in front of him was cut off diagonally again.
“Sure enough, the effect of increasing the slashing speed by 3 times does not limit the left and right hands!”
Huang’s eyes were surprisingly bright and he was muttering to himself excitedly.
[Ding! System task released: Perfectly swing the sword 100,000 times! Reward: Spiritual space and space-related skills·domain (range 3 meters)! ]Suddenly, the system’s voice sounded in Huang’s mind.
The second system task is here!
What surprised Uchiha Huang was that the reward for this task was “Spiritual Space” and “Space-based Skills·Field”!
Isn’t this the setting in “The Legend of Luo Xiaohei”?
The spiritual space is the place where spirits are stored!
The so-called “spirit” is actually a kind of energy similar to chakra.
In the spiritual space, the master of the space is equivalent to a god, controlling everything and even being able to control the spirits of people or fairies who enter the space.
As for the space-related skill field, to put it simply, it is an externalized spiritual space!
This is awesome!
Within this territory, anyone who comes must kneel down and sing “Conquer!”
Although the range is only 3 meters, it is enough!
In other words, as long as Huang gets this reward, he will be invincible in close combat!
100,000 perfect sword swings is not too much.
With Uchiha Huang’s current sword-swinging speed, it would take less than a second to swing a perfect sword.
Of course, the time required for a perfect sword swing cannot be calculated in this way.
Because every perfect sword swing consumes a lot of energy.
In his current state, after making ten perfect consecutive sword swings, he must rest for a while, otherwise the subsequent swings will be difficult to make perfectly, and all the efforts will be in vain!
After all, human physical and mental strength is limited, and it is impossible to swing a knife like a machine all the time.
Besides, he doesn’t have that much time, after all, he has other things to do.
At the end of the day, Uchiha Huang would be lucky if he could have four hours to accumulate experience in swordsmanship.
Taking all factors into consideration, at most he can complete 300 sword swings a day.
At this rate, it would take 333 days, or almost a year, to complete 100,000 swings of the knife.
“I’ve made it through five years, so one more year won’t be a big deal!”
Huang looked at the task progress on the system taskbar:
[Sword swinging experience: 10001/100,000 (times)]Secretly encourage myself in my heart!
“The road ahead is long and arduous!”
After three years of life in the ninja school and two years as a ninja, Uchiha Huang completed the transformation from a student to a Genin and then to a Chunin.
It has been a while since the Third Ninja World War ended, and every village is stepping up its recuperation efforts.
Uchiha Huang had just passed the Chunin Exam a few days ago and became a qualified cannon fodder in the Konoha Village.
Then, naturally, he joined the Konoha Guard.
…………
Feilu novel, Fei will make you look good!
Automatically subscribe to the latest chapters
APP audiobook (free)
High-quality audio, popular voice actors, offline listening
ActivityRegister as a Filo member and get 200 points![Register Now]Chapter 002: All the Uchiha people have been ‘protected’ by you! (Old version)
The sun has set.
My sister should have returned from the ninja school, so Uchiha Huang has to go home quickly.
His sister is Uchiha Yume and she is ten years old.
When he opened the gate, he didn’t see his sister, but saw a young man wearing a green jonin vest standing in the yard with his back to him.
“As a jonin, don’t you know that you can’t just barge into a private residence?” Uchiha Huang subconsciously reached for the knife at his waist.
He has two swords, one long and one short, made of ordinary fine iron, but the shape is different from the Tachi. His sword is straight, so it should be called Tang Dao!
The one on the waist is a short knife!
“Sorry, I’m waiting for you!” The young jonin turned around and said with a smile, “It’s our first meeting. Please introduce yourself. My name is Uchiha Shisui, the captain of the sixth team of the Konoha Guard.”
In fact, when Uchiha Huang saw this face, although it was the first time they met, he recognized that this was the legendary “Instant Body Shisui”.
However, when Huang heard Uchiha Shisui introduce himself, he couldn’t help but be stunned for a moment.
Huang couldn’t help but look carefully at the person in front of him, and saw that Shisui had a gentle face, without any arrogance as a genius ninja of the Uchiha clan.
Uchiha Shisui, a dazzling name. Even Danzo himself admitted that he was the strongest ninja of the Uchiha clan.
He is the man who is feared by the world by the name of “Shunshin Shisui”!
In Uchiha, he is a legend.
Alive is the Uchiha legend.
After his death, it was the Uchiha’s elegy.
The rise and fall of Uchiha is all related to him.
This person runs through the entire history of the Uchiha family’s demise.
“Uchiha Huang, Chunin.” Huang released his left hand that was holding the knife, gently closed the gate, and introduced himself.
Uchiha Shisui should be only fifteen or sixteen years old now, about one meter eighty centimeters tall, with a small sword on his back.
Although he is young, he has a very high reputation in the family.
Anyway, a transparent person like Uchiha Huang is a world away from other people’s status and position.
However, if he could get close, Huang was confident that he could use his lightning-fast slashing speed to inflict heavy damage on the opponent with one blow.
This is the intuition of a swordsman who always maintains the unity of man and sword.
With a knife in hand, in Huang’s eyes, anything can be solved with one knife.
If one knife doesn’t work, then use two!
“Sure enough, any information will be half invalid once you see the person in person!” Shisui murmured.
With Shisui’s knowledge and vision, he discovered that Huang was not as bad as the intelligence said.
Especially when Shisui saw Huang holding the knife in his hand, he actually had a sense of danger.
As a representative of the Uchiha clan’s genius, Uchiha Shisui has great character flaws, or weaknesses.
Uchiha Shisui’s indecisiveness and naive character destined him to not have a happy ending.
Huang knew very well that Uchiha Shisui was very strong, but he was not someone that people could trust with confidence.
Huang didn’t have the intention to cling to anyone else, or rather, he had already clung to the “Sword-Swinging System”.
“You came to my house, isn’t it because I was assigned to your team?” Huang looked at Shisui with a strange look in his eyes.
“That’s right. As the captain, I want to get to know you in advance.” Shisui smiled like the big brother next door.
“Now we know each other.” Huang obviously looked like he was trying to get rid of him.
“Well, see you at the Konoha Guard Building tomorrow morning. There’s a mission. By the way, seven o’clock sharp, don’t be late.” Shisui said, then left tactfully.
As soon as Zhishui left, a little girl walked into the yard.
“Brother, I just saw someone leaving our house. He looked like my idol.” Uchiha Meng said in surprise.
“It’s either like or like Uchiha Shisui!” Huang said with a sneer.
The ten-year-old little girl already knows how to chase stars.
Huang also expressed helplessness about the fact that girls in the Naruto world mature too precociously.
“Really? My idol ‘Shunshin Shisui’ is coming to our house?” Uchiha Meng jumped three feet high like a kitten whose tail was stepped on.
Looking at his sister’s exaggerated expression, Huang held his forehead with one hand and said, “Idols can’t be eaten as food, so let’s think about what to eat tonight.”
…
the next day.
At exactly seven o’clock, Uchiha Huang appeared in the Konoha Guard Building.
“Very good, Huang, you are on time.”
It’s hard to tell whether Shisui is praising or simply stating.
“Just the two of us?” Uchiha Huang asked.
“No, we have another teammate…coming!”
Huang Uchiha followed Shisui’s gaze and saw a young man approaching.
The boy was very short, about 1.2 meters tall, with a forehead protector on his forehead, black hair hanging down by his ears, and a childish face, revealing a delicate and handsome face.
Uchiha Itachi!
Huang recognized the most filial son of Hokage at a glance.
I have to say that the Uchiha family’s genes are really good. Many ninjas are standard handsome men and beautiful women, with both good looks and IQ… if killing your entire family is not considered a stupid act!
“Itachi, you’re late!” Shisui’s gentle voice sounded.
“I’m sorry, something delayed me.” Itachi apologized.
“Forget it this time, but be careful next time. You may only be one minute late, but the price may be the life of your companion, or even the failure of the mission.” Shisui’s attitude remained gentle.
Itachi, however, looked ashamed.
“Why don’t you introduce each other?” Huang said at this time.
“I’m the captain, let me go first! My name is Uchiha Shisui, a Jonin, fifteen years old, I like raising crows, and my dream is to write a book about ninjutsu.” Shisui spoke first.
Then he pointed at Huang.
Huang knew the rules, of course, and said calmly: “Uchiha Huang, Chunin, thirteen years old, my dream is to raise an alpaca, I like… wielding a sword!”
Shisui: …
Itachi: …
Swinging a sword, is that practicing swordsmanship?
You can become stronger by swinging a sword, so of course Huang likes to swing a sword!
Shisui kept smiling as he nodded slightly before looking at the other boy.
“It’s your turn.”
“My name is Uchiha Itachi, I’m a Chunin, and I’m ten years old. My favorite food is three-colored meatballs, and my dream is to protect Konoha Village and the important people in the village.”
Uchiha Itachi answered, his tone seemed to be a copy of Shisui’s, just as gentle, but his voice was a little childish.
“Yes, almost all the people with the last name Uchiha have been ‘protected’ by you.” Uchiha Huang secretly complained in his heart.
Three things to do when reading: read, collect, and reward!
Chapter 003 Killing the Jonin (Old Version)
Shisui is the captain, so the mission scroll should be in his hands.
“Now that everyone knows each other, let’s talk about this mission.”
“The difficulty is B-level. You may encounter ninjas. The content is to go to the Mist Ninja Border…”
Shisui took out the mission scroll and explained the mission content to the two.
Not long after the Third Ninja World War, the five major nations of “Wind, Thunder, Water, Fire and Earth” maintained peace on the surface.
But secretly, there has never been a lack of competition among ninjas.
Two years ago, Uchiha Huang graduated from the Ninja Academy and became a Genin. The missions he took were all things like helping people find cats.
This is the first time I have encountered a B-level mission.
“Might I encounter a ninja?” Huang subconsciously touched the knife on his waist.
This mission is to ambush the Mist Ninja Force!
There is a high possibility that a fight between ninjas will break out.
After completing the first system task, Huang could feel that his strength had become stronger.
But he didn’t know how strong it would be.
Chunin? Jonin?
There is no comparison without fighting!
After all, the Chunin Exam is just a test that goes just to the point and cannot explain anything.
Shisui looked at Kirara and Itachi respectively and said:
“Let’s go! We must reach the ambush site within the scheduled time!”
The southern border of the Fire Nation is located on the seashore.
The sun was high in the sky and the heat was raging.
A team of ninjas drifted on the sea for a day and a night, and now they have finally reached the shore and are resting in the woods.
From the ninja’s forehead protectors, it can be seen that these people are all Mist Ninjas.
The Mist Ninja Assassination Team, also known as the Blood Mist, secretly sneaked into the Land of Fire to gather intelligence.
“What the strongest ninja village? Even the border is like a sieve, and we still have to stand guard for them!” Biwa Juzo was carrying a beheading sword, leaning against a big tree, with an unhappy look on his face.
“The captain asked us to be alert. We can’t let our guard down.” said a Mist Ninja.
“Puh! There’s not even a ghost here, why are you on guard? Don’t you know I’m seasick? We just got ashore, why do you have to assign me to stand guard when you can assign someone else?” Juzang pouted, looking gloomy.
“Just say less…” the Mist Ninja advised in a low voice.
“I’ll feel uncomfortable if you don’t tell me!” said Juzang.
“What, are you questioning my orders?” The Mist Ninja Captain came over with a few Mist Ninjas, “Biwa Juzo, you have to understand that I am the captain, do you want to disobey orders?”
“Fuck your orders! If I disobeyed, I would have chopped off your head…Enemy attack!”
Biwa Juzang knew that the captain had been targeting him all the way and was preparing to confront him. He had just said half of his words when suddenly the ground behind the captain collapsed, a figure jumped out, and then a cold light suddenly appeared.
The head of the Mist Ninja Captain flew up after a flash of cold light, and the headless corpse gushed out blood unscrupulously.
Biwa Juzang’s head and brain were drenched in blood, but he was completely unaware of it.
At this moment, he had only one thought in his mind.
What a fast knife!
“who!?”
As soon as this thought flashed through Biwa Juzang’s mind, three figures appeared in front of him.
One of them even exclaimed: “Huang, your sword is faster than my body-flash technique!”
The person who spoke was the captain Uchiha Shisui.
The target is Uchiha Huang, who is holding a knife but has a calm expression.
This knife shocked everyone present.
It was not until this moment that the headless corpse of the Mist Ninja Captain reacted and slowly fell down.
Even the simplest slashing action will be as fast as lightning after the speed is increased by three times!
In Huang’s eyes, the captain of the Mist Ninja was just a wooden stake that he usually used to practice swinging the sword. All he had to do was repeat the sword-swinging action thousands of times.
With his current slashing speed, in the case of close range sneak attack.
Given the ninja’s fragile body, it was only natural that he would be killed with one blow.
In fact, the strength of a ninja is difficult to classify, and the amount of chakra is usually used as the primary basis.
But when it comes to a life-and-death battle, it is not like that.
Like Kakashi, who is famous for his lack of mana, he is known as the “Hatsuki 5.5”, and at his peak he could fight with Ōtsutsuki Kaguya.
According to the amount of chakra, Huang’s strength is that of a Chunin, which is the data obtained in the Chunin Exam.
Huang concentrated on sword training for five years and put little effort into ninjutsu, barely passing the three-body technique.
During the Nine-Tails Rebellion, due to the death of his parents, his predecessor opened the Single Magatama Sharingan.
After the time travel, the double magatama was activated again due to the emergence of the system.
With this pair of Sharingan, Huang is quite capable in illusion techniques.
But Huang himself knew very well that all his strength lay in the knife in his hand.
“Five years of hard work, just for this moment!”
Uchiha Huang discovered that killing people was not scary at all, and it even felt good.
At least it was easier than when he’d made his first perfect swing.
[Ding, congratulations to the host for killing a jonin and gaining 10,000 sword swinging experience points. Mission progress: 20300/100,000. Note: The highest realm of sword swinging is that with a sword in hand, everything can be cut down.][Ding, congratulations to the host for achieving the “Killing a Jonin” achievement, and the lottery system is now open. ]Two consecutive system prompts sounded in Huang’s mind, but he didn’t have time to pay attention to them now.
At this moment, the other members of the Mist Ninja Assassination Team had already reacted and a fierce battle broke out.
Shisui’s powerful strength began to show, as he alone held back three Mist Ninjas.
Itachi is much weaker, but he can still take on one person.
Biwa Juzang, holding a beheading sword, rushed towards Huang with great momentum.
The three Mist Ninjas who faced off against Shisui couldn’t even last a single round before they were controlled by Shisui’s illusion.
The fight on Itachi’s side was quite back and forth, but the smaller guy had the upper hand.
Huang opened his Sharingan without hesitation. His dark pupils instantly turned red, double magatama appeared, and the surrounding scenery instantly became clear.
Juzo’s swift advance was also slowed down several times at this moment.
This is one of the bug abilities of the Sharingan, super dynamic vision.
With these eyes, he can undoubtedly become a Chunin.
Huang has become very skilled in using the Sharingan and can easily analyze the enemy’s weaknesses.
Chapter 004 Uchiha never lacks genius! (Old version)
“The beheading sword is very heavy. Although it can swing widely, it has little room for maneuver…”
However, Huang was also very clear that seeing the opponent’s movements clearly was one thing, and being able to deal with them was another.
As one of the Seven Ninja Swordsmen, Biwa Juzo is very strong.
Huang did not dare to hold back and concentrated all his strength on the knife in his hand.
At this moment, Loquat Juzang became a piece of “firewood” in Huang’s eyes.
A fast moving piece of wood!
All he needed to do was chop him to pieces with one blow!
“cut!”
There were no fancy moves, just a very simple blow, but it was as fast as lightning.
Because it is simple, it is brutal!
Biwa Juzang only felt a flash of cold light before his eyes, and he knew that the other party had once again displayed that incredibly fast sword technique.
In the instant of changing from offense to defense, he only had time to swing the beheading sword across his chest.
Click~Crack~
The knife in Huang’s hand shattered instantly, leaving only the handle firmly held in his hand.
A full-strength strike increases the speed by 3 times and the power by 9 times!
This was simply critical damage, directly cutting the beheading sword of the Seven Ninja Swordsmen of the Mist into two pieces.
The broken pieces of the knife splashed towards Biwa Juzang due to inertia, instantly leaving several hideous cuts on his body.
For a moment, blood gushed out.
Biwa Juzo held a half-broken beheading sword in one hand, pressed the wound on his neck with the other, and retreated madly.
“What’s your name, ninja from Konoha?”
Biwa Juzo asked in a very surprised tone.
This was the first time he had been injured so seriously since he became one of the Seven Ninja Swordsmen.
This is also the first time I have seen such a fast knife!
He heard that Konoha White Fang’s sword was very fast, but he had never seen it.
If he hadn’t seen Kirara’s Sharingan, Biwa Juzo would have thought that the young man in front of him was the successor of the Hatake swordsmanship.
“Uchiha…Kuang.”
“I’ll remember you! Uchiha…Huang!”
Biwa Juzang said coldly, his eyes fierce.
Huang threw away the broken hilt in his hand, drew the knife from his waist, and guarded against Biwa Juzo’s attack.
However, the opponent suddenly disappeared in an instant, without even being able to take away the half-broken blade of the beheading sword.
Biwa Juzang is very aware of the disadvantageous situation now.
The companions around him were no match for the Konoha ninjas at all. Uchiha Shisui was fighting three of them alone and had killed two of them and captured one alive.
The other Mist Ninja entangled by Uchiha Itachi was just struggling in his death throes.
He himself had injured an artery in his neck and was unable to continue fighting.
As a ninja, especially a Kirigakure ninja who survived the Bloody Mist Village, he understood what it meant to make a choice.
The super strong water stopping brought him great pressure.
The little ghost in front of him is not strong, but his strange swordsmanship is very troublesome.
The Mist Ninja will not make meaningless sacrifices.
So, Biwa Juzo ran away.
The escape was very fast.
“How are you? Can you hold on?”
Shisui walked up to Huang and asked.
The strength Huang just displayed made him look at him with new eyes.
This member of the family, who had always been unknown, actually possessed such sharp swordsmanship.
When Uchiha Huang was young, he opened the Sharingan and became somewhat famous in the family.
However, because his performance in each ninjutsu examination was too poor, his reputation gradually disappeared over time.
The Uchiha have never lacked geniuses.
“It’s OK.”
Huang replied that the consumption was just a bit too much just now.
The broken dagger was the most disadvantageous thing in this battle.
This knife was custom-made by him at a ninja tool shop, and he drew the blueprint himself, which showed that he put a lot of thought into it.
“That’s good.”
Shisui clapped his hands together and breathed a sigh of relief.
The two subordinates had just joined the team and originally thought it would be an ordinary ninja battle.
Who would have thought to encounter the elite Kirigakure troops.
Then Shisui checked Uchiha Itachi’s condition again, and after getting the answer that he was fine, he began to arrange tasks.
“Deal with the battlefield, gather all the evidence about the Mist Ninja and hand it over to me, and clean up Konoha’s traces. Action!”
As time passed, after the battlefield was cleaned up, the three began their journey back.
During their return to Konoha, Shisui and Itachi’s relationship gradually improved.
Huang did not participate.
Because every time he took a break, Huang was swinging his sword.
Habits that are formed day by day are not so easy to change.
Whenever he gets the chance, Huang will start swinging his knife out of habit.
In such a strange atmosphere, the three finally returned to the village.
Uchiha Shisui announced the disbandment at the village gate and asked Huang and Itachi to go back first.
He went to the Hokage Building to submit the mission.
“Huang, why don’t you go back?”
After Itachi left, Shisui saw that Huang was still there and couldn’t help but ask.
“I haven’t received the money for the mission reward yet.” Huang said coldly.
Itachi is a young master and doesn’t care about money.
But he is penniless now and has no money to even support his sister.
“…”
“I forgot to tell you that I will give you the mission bounty after I receive it. The prize money will be divided equally among the three of us.”
Shisui explained with a smile.
“Equally split? Really?” Huang’s paralyzed face moved slightly and he asked back.
When Huang was still a Genin, he understood an unwritten agreement in the ninja team that the team captain would take 50% of the bounty, and the rest would be divided equally among his subordinates.
There are several players who share the bill.
Therefore, a team usually consists of three to four people. If there are too many people, even the captain would be willing but the other team members would not be willing.
After hearing that Shisui and the other two were going to split the bounty equally, Huang started to feel a little fond of this Uchiha genius.
After bidding farewell to Zhishui, Huang returned home alone.
He lives with his sister, and most of his neighbors are post-war orphans.
Due to the Nine-Tails Rebellion four years ago, the Uchiha Clan was suspected by the upper echelons of Konoha Village.
Among them, the radical faction led by Danzo moved the Uchiha from the corner of the village to the outskirts of the village.
At that time, Huang was still in school. He clearly remembered the journey to the Ninja School, which took half an hour to get to school.
The Uchiha Clan worked in the Konoha Police Department and was also deeply affected.
Huang has been busy completing sword-swinging missions and doesn’t know much about this.
However, every time I enter Konoha Village, I feel a sense of malice.
Huang is not a naive person and believes that he can influence those prejudiced villagers with love.
No one likes to be hated.
The same is true for Huang, so after he became a ninja, he rarely went to the village unless he was handing over a mission.
Turn on lazy reading mode
Chapter 005: For the sake of money, I’ll bear it! (Old version)
The Uchiha clan members set up a market at their family residence.
The market is not big, but it has everything.
Huang had just returned home, took out some money, and went to the vegetable market.
The life of brother and sister relying on each other has honed Huang’s ability as a parent, especially when the family was still very poor.
Life is not easy!
Five years can allow a lazy only child and stay-at-home college student to grow into a qualified brother.
Huang personally tested it and it works.
Cooking delicious food has become Huang’s favorite thing to do besides wielding a knife.
Swinging a knife satisfies the body, and delicious food satisfies the heart.
Swinging a knife is a physically demanding job that consumes a lot of energy and requires a lot of meat.
He is best at meat.
Huang basically cooks everything by himself, and he tries to make all the dishes that he remembers from his previous life.
My sister Uchiha Yume’s favorite is Shisui, and then the dishes cooked by Huang.
Huang didn’t know how many people there were in the Uchiha family, but he could get a rough idea from the vegetable market.
“Boss, give me two pounds of pork belly.”
Huang came to a meat stall and said to the owner.
“Oh, Huang-kun is back! I hope the mission went well.”
The butcher’s shop owner is named Aizawa, a middle-aged man with no ninja talent.
Of course, his last name is also Uchiha.
Ordinary people like this account for nearly half of the Uchiha.
This is the conclusion Huang came to.
Because at the market, ordinary people and ninjas with chakra account for about half of the total population.
Of course, this may also be because the family ninja is on a mission outside.
Among the older generation of the tribe, quite a few possess chakra.
“Uncle, my mission pay has not increased as fast as the price of your meat!”
Huang smiled and said that he was very familiar with Uncle Aizawa and had bought meat from him for more than four years.
The uncle always praised him for being good at making money, but he still hasn’t made a fortune.
Uncle Aizawa’s raw meat is considered the freshest at the market.
“Congratulations! It’s great to be a ninja. I also wanted to be a ninja, but my father wouldn’t let me. In the end, he taught me how to kill pigs. Sigh…”
Uncle Aizawa praised, then turned the conversation back to his lost dream.
Huang responded with a smile.
Huang will smile only when he is with familiar people.
A distinct Uchiha personality, cold on the outside but warm on the inside.
This uncle would chat with him every time he bought meat, and Huang had long been accustomed to it.
“Uncle, hurry up, I have to go home and make lunch.”
Huang urged, and after striking up a conversation with this uncle, they chatted endlessly.
“Okay, okay, take it. Fifty-three taels, thank you!”
“A price increase again?”
Huang said speechlessly, and took out a gray knife-patterned wallet with a distressed look.
The Naruto world uses “liang” as the unit, and one liang is roughly equivalent to the purchasing power of ten yen in Japan in the previous life.
The exchange rate of Japanese Yen to RMB is about fifteen to one.
When converted, the price of pork here has actually risen to thirty-five yuan.
It’s only been a few days? It’s tripled in the blink of an eye!
A few days ago it was 15, then it was 25, now it’s 35 RMB!!!
“We can’t help it. The village said that the supplies from the Daimyofu to the village were intercepted by a group of bandits.”
Aizawa waved his hand and said that he got all his pork from the village.
Huang had nothing to say. This kind of statement was just to deceive the common people.
A group of thieves dare to disrupt the world’s most powerful armed organization?
I’m afraid I’ve lived too long.
Cutting off the supply of resources must be something that other large ninja villages would do.
Or… the Fire Nation itself?
“How much does it cost per pound in the village?”
Huang asked curiously, if the Konoha high-level officials wanted to split the relationship between the Uchiha and the village, they might do so.
“That’s not clear. You know that some people in the village have a problem with Uchiha. I haven’t been to the market for a long time. When your little sister comes back, you can ask her.”
Uncle Aizawa shrugged.
“Got it.” Huang nodded.
Looking at Huang’s departing back, Xiangze lit a cigarette and said with a smile: “This kid is getting stronger and stronger!”
Huang forgot to change into a Chunin vest. When he put on the vest for the first time and walked on the Uchiha streets, he attracted a lot of attention.
Huang jokingly calls Chunin cannon fodder, but his actual status is very high.
Under normal circumstances, the Chunins are considered the backbone of the village.
Can serve as team leader, ninja school teacher.
These positions are stable jobs in the village and have a regular staff.
As for other situations, such as the Nine-Tails invasion, they were cannon fodder.
Aizawa didn’t point it out, instead he and Kirei continued talking as usual.
During all these years of selling pork, he has seen countless people and knows that Huang’s current situation was hard-earned.
The family went from being the center of the village and the largest family in Konoha to being suspected by the village and surrounded by ANBU.
Too many people have lost their composure, and the whole family is filled with restlessness.
Aizawa looked around and sighed:
“The family needs ninjas, and two families are no longer selling pork. Tomorrow the price can be set at thirty-five taels per catty.”
“Brother, you’re back.”
As soon as Huang entered the door, Meng came to greet him.
“Well, let’s have braised pork for lunch.” Huang reached out and touched his sister’s little head.
“After touching the pork, you come and touch me…” Meng turned her head to avoid Huang’s hand and said with puffed cheeks.
But when she heard about braised pork, she couldn’t hide the anticipation on her face.
“Okay…” Huang withdrew his hand embarrassedly.
An hour later, the meat was cooked.
The braised pork just out of the pot is golden brown in color and has a fragrant aroma.
“Brother, I’m starting to eat.” Meng held the chopsticks, looking drooling.
Just at this moment.
“Boom boom boom!”
There was a knock on the door.
Huang frowned. Who would come to his house at this time?
After thinking for a while and realizing that there was no one else there, Huang put down his bowl and chopsticks and went to open the door.
“Wow, it smells so good! Huang, you can cook!? Can I come in?”
Zhishui asked in surprise. Huang’s house was not big, with four rooms in total, a kitchen, a bathroom and toilet, and two bedrooms.
“Emmmm…”
Huang didn’t really want to let Shisui enter the house, but a scream of great surprise came from behind him.
“Ah, it’s Shisui-kun, he’s at my house!”
Suddenly, the braised pork no longer smells good!
Huang looked helpless: “Come in, we are eating.”
He took out a pair of straw sandals and handed them to Shisui.
“Sorry to bother you.” Shisui walked into the room and sat in front of the small table. He greeted Meng first, then stared at the bowl of braised pork on the table.
Huang was worried whether he would open the kaleidoscope, so he hurriedly got another pair of bowls and chopsticks from the kitchen.
“I just came back from a mission and haven’t eaten yet. Let’s eat together!”
“Huang turned out to be such a gentle person! Thank you, you’re welcome.”
Shisui took the bowl and chopsticks and responded with a smile.
Huang knew that Shisui was here to deliver the mission reward, so he endured it for the sake of the money!
“Wow! It’s delicious! This is the first time I’ve eaten such delicious meat. Huang, if you open a shop on the street, you will definitely earn more than being a ninja!” Shisui praised.
“???”
“Shisui, are you saying that I have no future as a ninja?”
Huang couldn’t help but question, this guy actually insulted his profession.
What does it mean that being a vegetable is better than being a ninja!
“Isn’t it true? Huang, you’ve been a Genin for so many years, but you still haven’t been able to move out of the family’s public housing…” Shisui muttered while biting a piece of meat in his mouth.
Huang was speechless. Not to mention that he had a younger sister to support, practicing Buddhism alone was a very expensive thing.
After eating and drinking, Shisui finally took out an envelope, threw it to Huang and said, “Here is your one million ryo.”
“So many? Isn’t the mission we are carrying out a B-level mission?” Huang was a little confused.
“Based on the various intelligence we brought back, the village upgraded the B-level mission to S-level. The bounty was also increased to three million.” Shisui said with a smile.
“Goodbye!” Huang took the money and pointed at the door.
If Shisui had taken out the money earlier, he would not have let Shisui enter the house.
“Forehead……?”
He was about to say something to win over his subordinates, but he never expected Huang to send the guests away directly and was too lazy to even go through the superficial work of serving tea.
“Brother, how could you do this? Shisui-kun is here to give you money… At the very least, sit for a while before leaving!”
Meng, who had been in a state of infatuation since Shisui entered the room, came to her senses and couldn’t help but twist her elbow outward.
Huang glared at his sister and thought to himself, you little loli, what do you know?
In the original Naruto plot, the Uchiha clan was exterminated, which had a lot to do with Shisui.
To put it bluntly, in Huang’s eyes, Shisui is half a plague god.
To put it bluntly, if you get too close to such people, you can easily get killed!
Ignoring his sister’s pleading look, Huang chased the man away decisively.
Patting his belly, Shisui stood up and said, “See you later. Have a good rest tonight and meet at the village entrance tomorrow at noon. There will be a new mission. Also, your name is Meng, right? Thank you for keeping me.”
“Bang!”
The response Shisui received was the loud slam of a door closing.
After leaving Huang’s house, the smile on Shisui’s face faded and his expression returned to being cold.
Ignoring the respectful looks from the tribesmen around him, he used a teleportation technique to leave the spot.
Chapter 006: First draw! A-level skill: Charge and slash! (Old version)
The Uchiha’s center of power, Nanga Shrine, is located in the center of the family gathering place.
The underground level of the shrine is where the Uchiha Stele is located.
In the shrine, Uchiha Fugaku had been waiting for a long time.
Fugaku: “You’re finally here.”
“Master clan leader, Uchiha Shisui is here to report!” Shisui half-knelt on the ground, listening quietly to the clan leader’s questions.
Fugaku: “What’s the news from the village?”
Shisui: “The village won’t believe us for now. I tried to talk to the Hokage, but was not summoned. Clan leader! Even though it’s been five years, I still suggest explaining to the village that the Nine-Tails incident has nothing to do with the Uchiha!”
“I tried, but failed. The village doesn’t trust us! At that time, someone saw the three-magatama Sharingan in the eyes of the Nine-Tails. There were no less than thirty witnesses, including a senior ninja. Unless you kill them all, will you do it?” Fugaku said coldly. He had once tried to retain the relationship between his family and the village.
If the village leaders had not refused to negotiate, how could the Uchiha have chosen this path!
Shisui was speechless and could only remain silent.
“If you continue to get close to the higher-ups, I will remove you from your position in the police department soon!” Fugaku said.
“Yes!” Shisui leaned forward and answered, a hint of sadness flashing in his eyes.
The war had just ended, the blood of the deceased was still hot, was it going to break out again within the village?
“No, I will never allow this war between the family and the village to happen! There must be a way for the two to coexist!”
Shisui swore secretly, and a pair of Sharingan different from the three-magatama ones appeared in his eyes.
A firm will came from Shisui.
The relationship between the village and the family needs to change, and a communication channel is needed. In order to fulfill the last entrustment of the deceased, Shisui is willing to use his life to improve the relationship between the two.
First, we need to meet the Hokage!
Under normal circumstances, the Hokage would not meet him, so Uchiha Shisui thought of a solution.
S-level missions are issued by the Hokage himself, so if you accept and complete an S-level mission, you will be able to see the Hokage.
After sending the troublesome guy away, Huang carefully counted the one million taels of cash.
Over and over again, tirelessly.
“Money, money, money, brother. You only care about money. You’ve become a money-grubber… humph!” Meng was still angry about Shisui.
“If I wasn’t so greedy, we would have both starved to death eight times!”
Huang clapped the stack of banknotes in his hand and said earnestly: “People like Uchiha Shisui can only be admired from a distance, but not approached… or contacted! You’d better stay away from him!”
Huang’s response was a dissatisfied “humph”.
The next morning, it was still dark.
Huang got up on time, washed up, and walked towards the practice ground by the Nanhe River with a piece of bread in his mouth, sleepy-eyed.
Boring practice day after day, relying on perseverance.
“After five years in the Naruto world, I can confirm that Konoha is boring at four o’clock in the morning.”
After eating a whole piece of bread, Huang finally woke up from his daze. He felt refreshed and full of energy.
Holding the short knife in his hand, he was thinking about the training plan that would be carried out next.
“The first stage of the mission is completed. There are only 80,000 sword swings left to reach 100,000! But… it seems that the system has activated something new?”
When Huang arrived at the training ground where he used to swing his sword, he finally remembered that there seemed to be some new function in the battle.
Open the system panel and search carefully, and you will find a sub-project column.
“Lottery? This is another scam!”
Huang’s luck has never been very good. He has never won more than 10 yuan from buying lottery tickets, so he was a little skeptical about this new function of the system.
The lottery function also comes with a text description: One lottery draw is required for 10,000 sword-swinging experience points, and a 50% discount is offered for the first draw.
“Scared… Ten thousand draws per time?”
Huang was shocked. You know, from the time he traveled through time to now, in five years, he has only completed ten thousand sword swings.
Killing a jonin only rewards 10,000 sword-swinging experience points!
Even if there is a 50% discount for the first draw, that’s 5,000 swings of the knife!
It’s too dark!
Huang felt a strong malice coming from the system!
However, although Huang was not very interested in the lottery function of the system, he was very curious about what he could draw.
“Anyway, there’s a 50% discount for the first draw, how about…”
Huang tried to convince himself to give it a try.
If it is worth the money, then there is nothing to say. From now on, there is only one word: beat him up…
If you get cheated, the worst that can happen is that you won’t touch it again in the future.
Well, thinking about it this way, Huang felt unwilling to not give it a try.
“System, come on, let’s draw a prize!”
Huang’s mind moved, and the lottery had already begun.
An extremely huge turntable appeared in the system space, which was divided into several major categories.
There are four major categories: equipment, skills, consumables, and special.
The turntable stopped, and after the pointer stayed on the skill column, another small turntable appeared and began to rotate.
There were various names written on the small turntable, but they were too small to see clearly.
Only the colors of objects can be seen, which are white (D), green (C), blue (B), purple (A) and gold (S).
“The most common ones are white and green, followed by blue. There are only 3 purples, and the number of golds is… 1.”
“My request is not high. Forget about gold. Give me purple!”
As the small turntable was spinning, many thoughts flashed through Huang’s mind and his heart was pounding.
This lottery process is much more exciting than practicing.
[Ding! Congratulations on obtaining the A-level skill “Charge and Draw the Sword”, which has been distributed to the system space. ]“Did you really get the purple reward?”
“Charge your strength and draw your sword to slash. Is this a sword technique?”
Huang was a little surprised.
I couldn’t wait to open the system space and saw a purple skill book.
“Charge and Draw: After charging, draw the sword quickly and launch a powerful slash. For every 0.5 seconds of charging, the slash speed of the Draw and Slash increases by 1 times! Note: This skill can stack the effect of increasing the slashing speed by 300%.”
“hiss–“
Huang took a breath of cold air.
For the skill of “Charge and Slash”, Huang only had two words to describe it: Awesome!
For every 0.5 seconds of charging, the slashing speed increases by 1 times!
After charging for 1 second, the slashing speed will be 3 times the basic slashing speed, and the slashing speed will be increased by 300%…
This is not 3 plus 3, but 3 times 3!
That’s 9 times the attack speed!
What is the concept?
Even the slashing speed of an ordinary Chunin will become extremely terrifying after being amplified 9 times!
I’m afraid that even if Konoha White Fang was reborn, he would have to admit defeat in the face of such a slashing speed.
This is just the speed of the slash after charging for 1 second!
“System, use the skill book ‘Charge Sword Slash’!”
The next moment, Huang’s whole body felt slightly hot, and the muscle memory of accumulating strength to draw the sword and slash was engraved in his body, as if it was a fighting instinct acquired after countless years of hard training.
Huang leaned forward slightly, and without charging any strength, he directly used the short knife in his right hand to draw the sword and slash.
Swish!
The dagger slashed out swiftly, as fast as lightning!
“The power of the sword-drawing slash is not actually stronger than the ordinary chopping, but this move has the special effect of catching the opponent by surprise, so it is still very practical.”
“Next, let’s try the sword-drawing slash after charging up the power!”
0.5 seconds of charging!
Draw your sword!
Lian Huang himself only felt a flash of cold light before his eyes!
“It’s too fast! If you don’t open the Sharingan, you can’t even see the trajectory of the sword!” Huang exclaimed.
Next, Huang tried to draw his sword and slash with the force charged for 1 second.
The terrifying slashing speed almost made Huang unable to hold the dagger in his hand.
Moreover, although this knife is incredibly fast, it consumes a lot of energy!
All of Huang’s strength was almost drained the moment he drew his sword.
At this moment, his hand holding the knife was shaking a little!
“It seems that with my current ability, I can’t use the sword-drawing slash that takes more than 1 second to charge!”
Although he knew he couldn’t do it, Huang still tried to charge his sword for 1.5 seconds after resting for half an hour.
result……
Huang couldn’t hold the dagger at that speed, and the knife slipped out of his hand… and flew away!
Huang’s hand muscles were also slightly strained.
“No wonder there’s no upper limit to the power of the charged sword slash. In theory, the longer the power is charged, the stronger it is. But my strength is limited and I can’t control it at all!”
Finally, the experimental result of the sword-drawing slash is that Huang’s current limit is only to perform the sword-drawing slash with a charge of 1 second, and it can only be used once in a short period of time!
Overall, the experience gained from these 5,000 sword swings is well worth it!
Due to a slight strain on my hand muscles, today’s practice had to end early.
The originally planned mission of swinging the sword 500 times was completely ruined.
Current system task progress: 15300/100,000 sword swings.
Returning to the family street, Huang decided to reward himself, thinking about the million-dollar income from the mission.
Let’s go to a restaurant!
Chapter 007 S-level mission? (Old version)
At exactly twelve o’clock noon, Huang appeared at the entrance of the village.
At this time, there were already two figures waiting there.
Shisui had a smile on his face and said, “Everyone is here, let’s start the mission immediately! We can’t waste time.”
“What is the mission this time?” Huang asked.
At first I thought Shisui would tell them the task requirements, after all, that’s what he did last time.
But after traveling for a long time, Shishui didn’t say a word.
“Keep it secret for now! I can tell you the details after we leave the village.” Shisui said.
Uchiha Itachi was also shocked by Shisui’s words. Ordinary missions would not have such conditions.
“An S-level mission?” Itachi asked.
Compared to the country bumpkin Huang, Itachi, as the son of the Uchiha clan leader, knows more about the village affairs.
He also had never accepted an S-level mission, but at least he knew a little bit.
“S-rank?”
Huang raised his eyebrows and looked at Uchiha Shisui and the short Uchiha Itachi.
Have these two wall-hangers opened their Mangekyō Sharingan?
A jonin dares to lead two chuunins to do an S-level mission.
This is really expansive!
Huang never dared to be arrogant, especially in the world of Naruto where human life is worthless.
Without the halo of the protagonist, passion and arrogance are both ways to death.
Shisui turned back to stare at Itachi, and seeing the suspicion in Akira’s eyes, he could only nod and say, “That’s right!”
“The details of the mission must be explained clearly, otherwise I will refuse to carry out the mission!” Huang reacted, stopped and said.
As far as he could remember, when Uchiha Shisui and Uchiha Itachi teamed up, there was no other Uchiha member.
If the original incarnation of Kirei would join Team Shisui at this time, would he die in the next battle?
Could it be that I am the teammate who stimulated Shisui’s Mangekyo to open his eyes???
At this moment, Huang couldn’t help but have this thought in his mind.
God knows whether Uchiha Shisui was stimulated to open the Eternal Mangekyo at this time!
After spending two days together, Uchiha Huang clearly felt that Shisui’s relationship with Itachi was not as good as he imagined.
When they met just now, Itachi was still holding the one million bonus from the last mission in his arms, with a corner of the familiar envelope just exposed.
Yesterday, Zhishui personally went to Huang’s house to give him money and also had a meal with him.
Itachi only gave him the money when he met him today.
In other words, the relationship between Shisui and Itachi now isn’t even as good as the relationship between him and Shisui?
Huang’s guess is not without reason.
Shisui saw that Itachi and Kirei both stopped and knew that this matter had to be made clear.
“Obey orders!”
Shisui dropped his smile and spoke coldly, trying to use his authority.
“Captain, this is the first time I call you this, and it may be the last time! You cannot ignore our safety and do a mission that is far beyond our current capabilities. Not only will the mission fail, but it will also cause incalculable losses. I don’t think you are qualified to be a captain!” Huang retorted.
His words were partially recognized by Uchiha Itachi.
It is an iron rule for ninjas to make completing the mission the main goal.
But there is also a prerequisite, that is, the mission is within the strength of the ninja team. If it exceeds the strength, you can choose to give up the mission.
S-level missions involve national and village secrets, and the degree of danger increases sharply.
Chunin, in this kind of mission, has another name – cannon fodder.
“In the name of our family’s safety, I tell you this mission is very important!” Shisui’s expression softened and he said helplessly.
“this……”
Uchiha Itachi hesitated. At this time, the family still occupied a certain place in his heart.
“This does not prevent you from informing us of the specific details of the S-level mission.”
Huang did not compromise, but continued to press the issue.
After a stalemate, seeing Huang’s firm attitude, Shisui finally compromised and told him the content of the S-level mission.
“This mission is called: Hunting down Orochimaru! Orochimaru was listed as an S-rank traitor by the Anbu, and the Third Hokage ordered that Orochimaru be captured alive and brought back to Konoha Village to be handed over to the Hokage for his fate. However, this is the responsibility of the Anbu, and our mission is to go to the border between the Land of Fire and the Land of Water to prevent Orochimaru from defecting to the Land of Water!”
“Orochimaru defected!” Huang was shocked. He didn’t expect that Konoha was in this period now.
Since he has been in this world for a long time, Huang doesn’t remember the specific events of Naruto very clearly.
But the main events are still vividly remembered.
Orochimaru defected before the Uchiha clan was exterminated and after the Nine-Tails incident.
Orochimaru competed with Minato Namikaze for the position of Hokage. After Minato Namikaze’s death, Sarutobi Hiruzen came to power again.
Five years after the Nine-Tails incident (in the 48th year of Konoha), Orochimaru defected (in the 53rd year of Konoha), and three years later (in the 56th year of Konoha), Uchiha Itachi defected!
“I don’t have much time left…”
After Huang defected from Orochimaru, he thought of Uchiha Itachi, and some forgotten memories gradually came to his mind.
“I accept!” Uchiha Itachi spoke when Huang was stunned.
Huang saw the determination in Uchiha Itachi’s eyes.
“Village and family.”
Itachi started thinking about the situation between the two when he was seven years old.
He should be leaning towards the village now, but he has not given up on his family in his heart.
At this moment, family still occupies a certain position in Itachi’s heart.
“Mission reward?” Huang asked, spreading his hands.
“Ten million, paid by the Sarutobi family of Hokage!” Shisui said in surprise. He didn’t expect that Huang would ask such a question.
Do you like money?
He gave Huang this label in his heart.
“That’s more than three million! It’s worth it.” Huang thought to himself.
When my parents died in the war, the pension given by the village was less than three million.
Human life is so cheap in times of war.
With these more than three million, Huang can give his sister a better life, and also try to forge another handy knife.
Huang is very poor and short of money.
Nothing would make Huang risk his life.
Unless, there is a lot of money!
In fact, Huang had doubts in his heart about whether Shisui could open the Mangekyō, and Uchiha Itachi was still very young.
He knew very well that accepting the mission was not a wise choice.
But then again, the Land of Fire is so big, and Orochimaru only has a few people, so the possibility of encountering him is too low.
“I shouldn’t be so lucky to earn more than three million.”
After thinking about it, Huang finally agreed to carry out this mission.
Just think of it as an outdoor hike.
Chapter 008 The situation is not good! (Old version)
It took two days to arrive at the mission location from the village.
An outpost of the Anbu located on a small island on the border of the Fire Nation.
The three Anbu and Shisui’s team were the main personnel in the ambush plan, and the three ordinary ninjas originally stationed at the outpost provided support.
The entire S-rank mission involved hundreds of Anbu soldiers, plus ninjas stationed at the border, a massive mission involving more than a thousand ninjas.
However, Orochimaru was able to escape safely under such a tight blockade.
Huang knew the danger of this mission.
Orochimaru is recognized as a powerful figure above the level of Kage, and he is surrounded by a group of crazy followers.
These people are willing to die for Orochimaru at any time.
Orochimaru’s escape route is a mystery, and no one can guarantee whether he will run to the Water Country.
The only thing to be thankful for is that Orochimaru was injured by the Third Hokage and his strength declined.
At the border of Konoha, Huang surprisingly did not carry out his habit which seemed strange to others – swinging a sword.
It is now the fifth day since arriving at the outpost, and Huang is only eighty thousand times away from completing one hundred thousand perfect sword swings.
In the past five days, Huang took some time out from his busy schedule to complete more than 5,000 perfect sword swings, which made up for the number of sword swings consumed in the lottery.
Huang would never have dared to imagine making a perfect sword swing a thousand times a day!
Because I feel a growing sense of crisis, I dare not relax at all.
“Why don’t you practice swinging your knife? There are plenty of trees for you to chop on this island.”
Suddenly a voice was heard, and Huang knew who it was as soon as he heard it.
Uchiha Itachi, I don’t know why this guy always comes to chat with him recently. Huang feels that this person is very troublesome.
“I need to rest and conserve my energy for possible emergencies.” Huang said calmly.
“You were obviously afraid of death at the beginning, so why did you follow after hearing about the mission? Huang, don’t you know how terrifying Orochimaru is?” Uchiha Itachi asked.
Since he was a child, Itachi has been listening to his father telling stories about the geniuses of Konoha throughout the ages, and he wants to take them as role models.
He was also given the status of a role model for the Uchiha by Fugaku.
Itachi was also very competitive and never let Uchiha Fugaku down.
“Yes, I am afraid of death, but I just don’t want to die in obscurity.” Huang said without opening his eyes as he leaned against a big tree and dozed off.
“I’m afraid we will really die in battle here. Aren’t you really afraid?” Itachi murmured. He was increasingly unable to understand the man in front of him.
He is greedy for money and afraid of death, but he has principles. He has a calm personality but his behavior is exaggerated. He often does unexpected things. His contradictory personality makes him a weird person.
At this time, Itachi was in the confusion of adolescence.
I want to find answers from all kinds of things.
“Have you received any news?” Huang stood up and looked at Uchiha Itachi.
“The latest news from the village is that Orochimaru has successfully escaped from the country to the border. He should be planning to flee to another country in the next two days. The latest order from Hokage Assistant Danzo-sama is that the arrest warrant has been changed to a kill warrant!”
“So fast?” Huang was shocked. The possibility of successfully intercepting them at the border was almost zero.
Orochimaru was able to escape from hundreds of ANBU, his strength was far beyond Huang’s imagination.
Dark…
Konoha’s strongest force is not as weak as it appears in the drama.
The lower limit of their strength can be seen just from the entry requirements for the Anbu.
Jonin, formal ANBU qualifications.
A special jonin is also considered a jonin.
For example, Uzuki Yugao joined Kakashi’s team as a special jonin and served as a trainee ANBU.
As a Chunin, if you have connections, you may be able to get an internship spot.
From Kakashi’s performance in the ANBU arc to Itachi’s performance in the Shinden arc, both of them had to reach the level of jonin before they had the opportunity to be included in the ANBU candidate assessment.
Orochimaru escaped from the Anbu network woven by Konoha and truly escaped from the Land of Fire.
Border defense is meaningless.
It was with this in mind that Huang agreed to Shisui’s plan to come to the border.
Maybe I can also kill two Mist Ninjas, gain some experience in swordsmanship, and increase my strength.
“If Orochimaru really shows up, can I stop him?”
Huang took a look at the short knife at his waist, and the conclusion he came to made him want to become stronger even more.
“I’m going to the Mist Ninja Outpost!” Huang said coldly.
Three days ago, an island reef was discovered during a patrol mission, with two teams of Mist Ninjas stationed on it, the strongest of which were the Jonin.
“No, it’s too late. Shisui asked me to take you back to the outpost. Captain O of the Anbu is going to hold a combat meeting. Go back immediately after the patrol!” Itachi shook his head and said, “Orochimaru will really leave from here. The Anbu has confirmed the information that Orochimaru is involved with the Fourth Mizukage!”
“What?”
Huang was shocked. Why didn’t he tell him this earlier? Otherwise, he would have killed those Mist Ninjas right away to complete the system task…
Even as the two were talking, in the dense forest not far away, Orochimaru was cautiously groping forward under the escort of several of his loyal subordinates.
Three Kirigakure assassination teams surrounded the outpost where Uchiha Shisui and others were located.
The team of Kirigakure Anbu ninjas who were going to support Orochimaru arrived early.
The Hidden Leaf Village is an outpost located on the border of the Land of Water.
Uchiha Shisui was exchanging information with three other Anbu members who came from Konoha.
Everyone in the outpost was discussing intensely, unaware that several Mist Ninja Anbu were quietly lying in ambush outside the outpost.
“stop!”
Huang grabbed Uchiha Itachi who was rushing to the outpost, and stopped him and hid himself there.
“What’s going on?” Uchiha Itachi asked.
“I’m afraid we’re being targeted. Look…” Huang pointed to a place.
Uchiha Itachi looked over there with a puzzled look on his face; he didn’t see anything special.
“Use the Sharingan! Remember, don’t think about preserving your strength in times of crisis.” Huang said.
Under normal circumstances, Huang’s eyesight is much stronger than Itachi’s.
The Sharingan consumes a lot of physical strength and some chakra, and the consumption gradually increases with the time of use.
To the Uchiha clan themselves, it is nothing and they can bear it.
This is very obvious in foreigners.
The Uchiha clan members usually don’t keep it turned on all the time.
Uchiha Itachi understood what Huang meant and opened his Sharingan to look again.
“Someone!” Uchiha Itachi said in surprise.
I didn’t expect Huang to observe so carefully. The ninja was very well hidden and had strong strength.
Uchiha Huang can observe while moving, so how careful is his attention?
The more he thought about it, the more terrifying it was. Uchiha Itachi no longer had the idea of ​​underestimating Huang.
“Three magatama…” Huang sighed softly, comparing yourself to others will make you feel nauseous.
He hadn’t been able to open the three magatama in five years since he awakened, but this kid in front of him, who was three years younger than him, already had three magatama…
Chapter 009: Unexpected Encounter (Old Version)
“Huang, what should we do next?”
Uchiha Itachi asked, involuntarily handing the decision-making power to Huang.
The strong determine the rights of the weak.
“Let’s go back! It seems that the outpost has been exposed. But before leaving, we must give a reminder to Shisui inside!” Huang thought for a moment and decided not to get involved in this muddy water.
Judging from the information we got from Uchiha Itachi, Orochimaru should have arrived nearby, and this must be the focus of the battle.
With their two teams of ninjas plus a team of useless defensive ninjas, their hope of winning is almost zero.
“Leave it to me!” Uchiha Itachi said, and then began to make seals with his hands.
“Psychic!”
A burst of smoke came out, and when it dissipated, a calico cat appeared in front of him.
“Sure enough, this is the son of a wealthy family.”
Huang narrowed his eyes. The Uchiha’s exclusive intelligence agency is the Ninja Cat Clan.
He has never obtained a related ninja cat as a summoning beast.
“No wonder Uchiha Itachi knows so much news about the village. It should be Fugaku who conveyed it to him! Uchiha has many hidden means, but Fugaku trusts Itachi and Shisui so much. Why would these two people betray the family in the future?”
At this moment, Huang only felt that he had no information and was at a great disadvantage.
“I wonder if Danzo knows the whereabouts of Orochimaru? Logically speaking, with his current plan, he must keep Orochimaru in the Land of Fire, no matter if he lives or dies. If he knew his whereabouts, he must have arranged for the Root to ambush and kill him long ago!”
Orochimaru had a smooth journey here, so there must be an insider in the village.
Uchiha Itachi told the information to the Ninja Cat and ordered the Ninja Cat to pass the message to Uchiha Shisui.
“Where did you get the information?”
Huang asked after seeing the ninja cat disappear.
“What news?”
Uchiha Itachi asked in confusion.
“Orochimaru’s information!”
“This is the news brought by the Ninja Cat, which will allow us to successfully intercept Orochimaru!”
After hearing this, Huang thought to himself, “As expected.”
It seems that the Uchiha family’s intelligence agency is no less powerful than the village.
Huang could not see the entire conspiracy of Orochimaru’s traitor, but he could guess that Uchiha played a role of a oriole.
“Could it be that he is coveting the Konoha forbidden technique on Orochimaru?”
Huang was guessing wildly in his mind. There was a crisis ahead, but he didn’t know the specific cause of the crisis.
This feeling of being manipulated is terrible.
Shaking off all thoughts, Huang decided to concentrate on dealing with the crisis at hand.
He led Uchiha Itachi back to the Land of Fire, trying to take the main road to avoid possible encounters with Orochimaru.
010 Breakout? Fight!
On the border of the Land of Fire, on a coast adjacent to a small island in the Land of Water.
“Ahem…are Mist Ninjas reliable?”
Orochimaru coughed lightly and asked with a pale face.
“It shouldn’t be a problem to spend 10 million to ask the Fourth Mizukage to use the Shadow Guard to support us.”
The one who responded was Orochimaru’s most capable assistant, Kabuto Yakushi.
As early as in Konoha, Orochimaru had sensed Danzo’s misconduct and sent Kabuto to arrange a retreat.
Kabuto Yakushi issued a mission from the Hidden Mist Village, requesting the Fourth Mizukage to send people to intercept and kill the border ninjas of Konoha Village.
“Ten million, the Mist Ninja’s fee is so cheap?”
Orochimaru’s golden vertical pupils shrank and he asked in confusion.
Ten million may sound like a lot, but this will pit the Mist Ninja against Konoha, and if things get out of hand, it could be another war in the Ninja World.
In recent years, the Hidden Mist Village has implemented the Blood Mist Policy, and the village’s political power itself is unstable. How could the Fourth Mizukage have the mind to take care of things outside the village?
Orochimaru was devoted to research, but he never neglected the situation in the ninja world.
“Lord Orochimaru, the Mist Ninja is very short of money. Of course, I have other backup plans to ensure that nothing goes wrong.”
“Please heal my injury as soon as possible! This body is getting older and older. It has become more and more sluggish after being injured. Aging is really disgusting.”
Orochimaru was unwilling to listen to Kabuto Yakushi anymore, because this injury made him more determined to get a better and younger body.
Orochimaru, Tsunade, and Jiraiya are the same age, all born in the 10th year of Konoha.
At this time, Orochimaru was 45 years old, which was considered relatively old in the Naruto world.
All aspects of his body’s functions declined, and in another ten years, his chakra would drop drastically like the Third Hokage, and his strength would drop to a lower level. In addition, he was attacked by the Anbu arranged by the Third Hokage, and was severely injured. He was hit by an explosive talisman in the abdomen, which directly injured his internal organs, and his strength dropped drastically.
“I understand, Lord Orochimaru.” Kabuto Yakushi continued to use chakra to heal Orochimaru’s injuries without saying anything more.
“It seems your plan has failed.” Orochimaru suddenly opened his eyes and said.
“What?” Pharmacist Dou looked puzzled. He suddenly stopped what he was doing and turned around to look.
Two young ninjas wearing Konoha green vests were standing on their flanks.
The younger guy among them looked at Orochimaru with caution.
The other older man looked embarrassed.
“If I say… we took the wrong road, you probably won’t believe it, right?” Huang said calmly.
Who knew Orochimaru was so arrogant that he actually walked directly along the main road.
Are those Anbu in the village really raised on shit?
Chapter 010 Battle with Orochimaru! (old version)
Huang said this on the surface, but his hand was on the hilt of the knife.
There were five guards around Orochimaru, four of them surrounded him and Uchiha Itachi.
“Why would Konoha send two Chunins… Hmm? Uchiha?”
Orochimaru originally doubted Konoha’s plan, but when he saw the clan emblems on Kirara and Itachi’s arms, he immediately understood.
“I have always been interested in the eyes of your family! Now that they are delivered to my door, it’s just right!”
Orochimaru licked his lips and said excitedly.
Huang did not respond, but the Sharingan appeared in his eyes, attracting Orochimaru’s attention. He glanced at the short sword at his waist and felt a little relieved.
As expected, this was a fierce battle, and the person you least wanted to meet appeared in front of you.
You must be prepared to die.
In the seconds before the battle breaks out.
Huang suddenly discovered that all the fears he had at the beginning had disappeared.
Instead, there was a hidden excitement in my heart!
My blood is boiling.
The swordsman’s heart was beating violently.
He himself had never imagined that he would be so eager to fight with the legendary Sannin.
Orochimaru’s foundation in Konoha was completely exhausted because of this pursuit.
The four guys following him were not very old.
However, Huang did not underestimate these four little devils and treated them with 120% of his strength.
These four people are Orochimaru’s last team in Konoha Village.
A strong amount of chakra emanated from each of them.
“Breakout?”
Uchiha Itachi asked calmly, with three magatama appearing in his blood-red eyes. The more critical the moment, the more his extraordinary wisdom was evident.
“How to break out?”
Huang was speechless.
With Orochimaru in front of them, and four guys with strength above Chunin, I wonder if the foursome will be able to transform.
There is also a guy named Kabuto Yakushi who is about the same age as him and is also a Chunin.
“With my strength, I can stop them for a while!” Uchiha Itachi said confidently.
Huang was very curious about where he got the confidence to stop a Kage-level ninja and four ninjas who were suspected to be Jonins.
“How is it?” Seeing Huang silent, Uchiha Itachi asked again.
“You can’t escape. Since you are so confident, I’ll leave these four guys to you. I’m afraid they will consume my physical strength and I won’t be able to deal with Orochimaru!” Huang thought for a while and roughly guessed Itachi’s thoughts.
He planned to sacrifice his life in exchange for Huang’s chance of survival.
It would be fine if he could sell Itachi and escape, but the problem is that he would be defeated one by one.
“This is really unlike your character!” Uchiha Itachi chuckled.
“What kind of personality do I have? I don’t even know myself! Let’s not waste any more time. I’ll leave them to you!” Huang grasped the hilt of the long sword behind him and rushed towards Orochimaru.
One of them suddenly rushed out and tried to stop Huang.
“You don’t seem to take me seriously!”
Uchiha Itachi was very unhappy. As a genius of the Uchiha clan, he also had the arrogance of a genius.
“Magic: The Art of the Flail!”
With just one look, that person’s limbs seemed to be shackled by endless chains, freezing in place and unable to move.
The body can intimately feel the tearing sensation brought by the shackles, as if huge iron nails were embedded in the flesh.
Although Huang didn’t like Itachi, as a comrade on the battlefield, he still left his back to Uchiha Itachi and rushed towards Orochimaru alone.
“Very good courage! Sarutobi-sensei always manages to educate such foolish and naive ninjas.”
Orochimaru gave a mocking smile.
The conversation between Huang and Itachi stimulated some of his past unpleasant memories.
“But naivety always comes at a price!”
Orochimaru formed hand seals with his hands, and his hand shapes were like afterimages, and he completed several hand seals in the blink of an eye.
“Kill the chaotic snakes!”
Countless gray snakes emerged from Orochimaru’s body and headed towards Huang.
Huang did not slow down, and the Sharingan in his eyes observed the movement of the gray snakes around him.
The Tang sword in his hand slashed out without any fancy moves, instantly breaking Orochimaru’s attack.
The strong are too arrogant to use their full strength to attack the weak.
Huang guessed that Orochimaru would not use his full strength in the first attack, so he hid one hand and responded with ordinary attacks first.
With one cut, more than ten snakes were cut in half. The broken snake bodies rolled on the ground and finally turned into smoke and disappeared.
Orochimaru then put away his playful look and gradually became serious.
“The Lurking Snake Hand!”
Orochimaru raised one hand, and a large number of patterned gray snakes suddenly emerged from his sleeves. They opened their mouths wide, showing their fangs and pounced towards Kirara’s position.
These snakes seemed to have no limit to their length, stretching for more than ten meters with no end in sight.
Huang sighed secretly, Orochimaru was indeed very powerful.
The next attack was extremely swift. In less than a second, the snake heads were less than one meter away from Huang.
“I’ll kill again!”
Huang had no choice but to use his chakra and concentrate it on the blade and his right hand.
The scene just now happened again, and all the snake heads were chopped off by the knife.
At this time, Huang was less than five meters away from Orochimaru.
Get close enough to use a charged sword strike.
At this time, Orochimaru’s face finally changed, a hint of surprise appeared, and quickly disappeared.
He underestimated Huang’s strength, and didn’t know that Huang’s killer move was actually swordsmanship.
After fighting against ninjas so many times, he was almost forgetting this martial art’s fighting style.
The former Konoha White Fang brought a touch of brilliant fireworks to swordsmanship, but soon fell.
Now it has been inherited by the Uchiha boy in front of him.
Huang held a long knife and breathed slightly.
In just two or three seconds, he slashed out two times in succession. It looked easy, but it was not actually the case. Combined with the calculations in his mind and the use of the Sharingan, it consumed a lot of energy.
During the break, Huang glanced at a corner of the system.
[Sword Swinging Mission Progress: 36000/100,000. After completing 100,000 sword swings, you will receive rewards: Spiritual Space and Space Skill·Domain (Range 3 meters)! . ]“The two sword strikes just now actually earned 16,000 sword-swinging experiences. I didn’t expect those ninja snakes to provide so much sword-swinging experiences.” Huang was a little surprised.
Orochimaru is indeed a boss-level existence, his whole body is full of experience!
Huang was thinking that if he could kill Orochimaru, the system mission would be completed!
After witnessing the simple but lightning-fast sword skills performed by Kirara, Orochimaru became interested in Kirara.
“Do you want to come with me? I can give you something that neither Uchiha nor Konoha can give you!” Orochimaru said in a seductive tone.
Huang rolled his eyes when he heard this.
Orochimaru started thinking about kidnapping again.
I don’t know how many poor and innocent children he has deceived with his mouth.
“Will you give me money?” Huang asked, tilting his head.
“?”
A question mark flashed through Orochimaru’s mind. He had been talking to people about ideals, needs, the meaning of existence, and so on.
The first time I heard someone talking about money, my mind was at a loss for words.
“It seems that you can’t give it. You are so poor. Don’t recruit subordinates casually. You can’t afford to support them.” Huang said with a smile.
Defect with Orochimaru?
He will consider it when he cannot escape the night of genocide.
But now, no.
Chapter 011: Desperate Situation, Look at the Lottery! (Old Version)
“Haha, I don’t like to kill geniuses! But you remind me of a very disgusting guy! You can’t act as a container, and you have no value in existence.”
A benevolent smile appeared on Orochimaru’s cold face, his purple eye shadow was slightly deformed, and a hint of cruelty flashed in his golden snake eyes.
Orochimaru started to get serious, and the courage he displayed was terrifying.
Huang felt the pressure increasing dramatically and his whole body tensed up.
Waiting quietly for Orochimaru’s attack.
After seeing Huang’s strange swordsmanship, Orochimaru became very interested.
He took out a long sword from his mouth with his right hand, apparently intending to compete with Huang in swordsmanship.
“Kusanagi sword!”
Huang was startled and tightened the long sword in his hand.
I don’t know if this ninja sword can hold up in front of the Kusanagi sword.
One of the sacred weapons in Naruto, the Kusanagi sword.
He has always wanted to get Orochimaru’s sword.
“Ten Thousand Snakes Formation!”
After summoning the Kusanagi sword, Orochimaru did not do it himself. Instead, he opened his mouth wide and countless gray snakes poured out of his mouth.
“How cunning!”
Huang cursed in his heart.
If he could fight Orochimaru in close combat, he might have a chance of winning.
Huang thinks he is very bad at long-range attacks like ninjutsu!
There is still a lot of system tasks to be completed, so I can use these snakes to gain experience!
Orochimaru did not use his full strength because he was worried about Konoha’s follow-up pursuit.
This gave Huang, who was in desperate situation, a glimmer of hope.
If Orochimaru directly summons Manda, Huang will have no way to deal with such a huge summoning beast.
The damage caused by a knife strike on a giant snake is probably no different from a mosquito bite on a person.
Orochimaru’s figure slowly disappeared, hiding among the group of snakes.
“Draw your sword and slash!”
Huang spun around and swung his sword to clear out the snakes around him. He jumped in the air to avoid the endless swarm of snakes.
He swung the knife again after an interval of 0.5 seconds, and the area below was cleared again, with a large number of snakes dying.
Before he could stand firmly on the ground, Orochimaru appeared behind him holding the Kusanagi sword.
“Charge your strength and draw your sword to slash!”
While Huang was cleaning up the snakes, he kept an eye on Orochimaru’s movements.
The moment Orochimaru appeared, he seized the opportunity, charged up his strength for 0.5 seconds, and then swung his sword.
“Puff!”
The blade sliced ​​into Orochimaru’s neck, severing it in two.
Behead Orochimaru with one sword?
If you think that shadow-level masters are so easy to kill, I can only say that you are too young.
Anyway, Uchiha Huang doesn’t have such naive ideas.
“A clone! No, a substitute… Compared with a Kage-level master, my strength is too far behind! The Sharingan can’t see through his moves at all!”
Huang reacted, but there were more than ten snakes hanging on his feet.
All they could do was watch Orochimaru shed his skin and leave!
He swung his knife again, cutting off the snake’s body, but its head was still tightly holding onto his calf.
“These snakes are all poisonous.”
Orochimaru’s vague reminder appeared.
It was quite fun to play with a junior Chunin.
“The progress of the sword-swinging mission has reached 50,000 times!!”
I was very happy to gain experience, but I was poisoned by Orochimaru and now the situation is not good.
“System, open the lottery! Five consecutive draws!”
In a crisis situation, Huang can only rely on luck for his life and has no other choice.
This situation was destined from the moment he decided to take the risk and accept the S-level mission.
With a thought, the lottery system started and the turntable started turning.
When the system is drawing lots, the outside world is in a static state!
Everything is done in an instant.
【Congratulations on winning the prize: Invisible Goggles (Green). 】
[Congratulations on winning the prize: Thunder Gloves (blue). ][Congratulations on winning the prize: Cloud-Walking Boots (white). ]【Congratulations on winning the prize: Xiao Huan Dan (green). 】
[Congratulations on winning the prize: Rage Potion (blue). ]“Use all your props.”
[Ding, all items have been used successfully. ]Since the goggles are invisible, outsiders cannot see them, but Huang can feel that there is something protecting his eyes.
Thunder gloves appear in the hand, glove attributes: attack speed +30%, a certain amount of thunder attribute damage when attacking.
Cloud-stepping boots also appear on the feet, with the effect of increasing movement speed by 10%!
At the same time, Huang felt a coolness running through his whole body, and the consumed physical strength and chakra were instantly restored by 30%.
The Xiao Huan Dan took effect, the numbness in the legs stopped spreading, and the toxicity was temporarily suppressed!
Immediately afterwards, the power of the violent potion exploded instantly, and Huang felt his whole body burning hot. All the tiredness disappeared, and he seemed to have endless energy all over his body.
[Ding! The host enters a berserk state, ignoring all pain, and all attributes are increased by 100%. The effect lasts for one minute. After the berserk state fades, the host will enter a weak state, and all attributes will decrease by 50%, which lasts for 24 hours.]“Fuck, this feeling… Even if Madara was standing in front of me, I would still dare to challenge him!”
The sudden surge in power made Huang feel that he had reached his peak.
At this moment, Huang’s face was full of confidence, and the sky and the earth changed color in an instant.
The transformation of strength happens in just a moment.
“I see you, Orochimaru!”
The whole world seemed to stop at this moment, and Huang saw Orochimaru’s flaw through his Sharingan.
There is no charging of power, but the speed of swinging the sword exceeds the limit of human eyes.
This knife cut through the air, and faintly one could see sword energy bursting out, slashing at all living and dead things around.
All the snakes were instantly split into two and finally disappeared into a cloud of smoke.
Orochimaru, who was hiding in the group of snakes, was also affected, and his true form was forced to be revealed in the fleeting flash of the sword.
Chapter 012 Cut off Orochimaru’s arm! (Old version)
“What’s going on? Why did he suddenly become faster? His moves remain the same, but the power is several times stronger? What kind of ninjutsu is this? No! He didn’t cast any hand seals!”
At this moment, countless doubts flashed through Orochimaru’s mind as he was forced to reveal his true form.
The strength displayed by the young man in front of him is totally unlike that of an ordinary Chunin!
“White Fang…”
A familiar figure slowly overlapped with the young man in front of him.
At the last moment, Orochimaru used his ultimate escape stunt at the fastest speed in his life.
However, Huang’s next strike was already ready.
1 second of charging! The power of this knife, when unleashed in a violent state, is terrifying.
“puff!”
Orochimaru spat out a mouthful of blood, covered his right shoulder with his left hand, and instantly returned to Kabuto Yakushi’s side.
“Lord Orochimaru! Your hand…”
Kabuto Yakushi endured the pain and came to Orochimaru and screamed.
At that moment, Orochimaru’s right hand was cut off completely.
The broken arm fell beside Huang.
In his hand, he still tightly grasped the Kusanagi sword.
“Giving up his right hand and escaping a fatal blow… A Kage-level player is really hard to kill! Even if the opponent is seriously injured, he still can’t do it! The gap in strength is too big…”
Huang held the knife and looked at the two of them with a stern face.
“Shockingly perfect swordsmanship, can a samurai be this strong? What a perfect body! Is this the Uchiha?”
Orochimaru’s eyes were filled with jealousy and greed, ranging from disdain to horror.
Uchiha clan, perfect eyes, what a lovely body!
At this moment, Orochimaru firmly believed that he must obtain an Uchiha corpse for research!
Huang used the knife in his hand to show his amazing talent.
“Lord Orochimaru, we can’t delay too long. Let’s go!” said Kabuto Yakushi.
He found that he was completely unable to participate in such a confrontation.
If he was standing in Orochimaru’s position just now, he would definitely die!
Moreover, they are still being chased and are worried that Orochimaru will get angry and engage in an endless fight with the enemy.
There is a large group of Anbu following behind him, so he can’t fight for long.
“Let’s go, we’ll see each other next time… I’ll definitely come back!”
Orochimaru looked at Huang reluctantly and uttered a word in frustration. With the support of Kabuto Yakushi, he did not bother to retract the Kusanagi sword.
It doesn’t matter if the Kusanagi sword is lost, it can be summoned back through spiritualism.
A cloud of smoke appeared in front of them, and Orochimaru and Kabuto Yakushi disappeared.
The other three guards saw Orochimaru leaving, gave up besieging Uchiha Itachi, and tried to leave.
In the end, Uchiha Itachi seized the opportunity and one of the slow-moving guards was shot by the shuriken and turned into a hedgehog.
The storm stopped and the surroundings returned to calm. The chaotic scene was a testimony to the fierce battle just now.
“Are you okay?” Uchiha Itachi ran over hurriedly.
“It’s not a big problem. It’s mainly because of the snake venom that my body is paralyzed.” Huang showed a wry smile on his face.
Although the berserk state had not yet ended, Huang did not dare to chase after him.
After all, it was already a fluke that he was able to cut off one of his arms and scare Orochimaru away.
Although I didn’t win any purple or gold items in this lottery, the prizes were very practical, so it was worth it!
“The lucky draw is really addictive!”
Huang shook his head. Five years of practice was not as good as a moment of lottery.
At this moment, I escaped from death.
A minute passed quickly.
Huang seemed to have all his strength drained away in an instant, and he felt so weak that he couldn’t even stand steadily.
Seeing this, Itachi hurried over to support Huang.
Uchiha Itachi: “You have very little chakra left, find a place to rest!”
“Yeah.” Huang nodded.
He will be in a weak state for the next 24 hours and will need rest very much.
In fact, Uchiha Itachi was also in a bad situation. He was fighting one against four people and was not at a disadvantage. However, his terrifying strength could not withstand the consumption of the battle.
“Well, when I was cleaning up the battlefield, I noticed that Orochimaru had left something behind.”
Itachi stretched out his hand and handed a long sword that was shining with a cold light to Huang.
Kusanagi sword!
The divine weapon was held in the right hand of Orochimaru, who was cut down by Huang.
“Since you picked it up, it belongs to you according to the rules…”
Huang glanced at it. During the battle, he even envied Orochimaru’s Kusanagi sword.
After the battle, that thought gradually faded.
No matter how good the weapon is, it is not as good as one’s own strength.
This sword, one of the sacred weapons in Naruto, has been gathering dust in Orochimaru’s hands.
“You cut off one of his arms, and it was originally your trophy.” Uchiha Itachi shook his head and refused to accept it.
Huang finally took the Kusanagi sword and said with a smile: “The hand of Orochimaru is yours! You also performed well in the battle!”
In order to prevent the Kusanagi sword from being summoned, Huang sealed it in a scroll as soon as possible.
Uchiha Itachi fought against four people alone, and his illusion controlled the enemies to keep them in a stalemate for such a long time, which created a great opportunity for Huang.
Uchiha Itachi showed hesitation on his face, but at Huang’s insistence, he finally took Orochimaru’s severed arm as a trophy.
After dealing with the battlefield, Itachi took Huang to a secluded corner to rest.
Huang is recovering his strength and chakra.
Itachi was keeping watch outside and was on guard against Orochimaru and the others who might return.
Chapter 013 Misunderstanding? Haha! (Old version)
It would be unfair to say that there was no other gain from this battle except a Kusanagi sword.
Because Uchiha Huang cut off Orochimaru’s arm and gained 100,000 sword-swinging experience points!
That’s right, Orochimaru is worthy of being a Kage-level warrior. One of his arms is worth 100,000 sword-swinging experience points!
Huang successfully completed the second system task!
“Ectoplasmic space and space-related skills·domain…”
Huang muttered to himself.
At this moment, a spherical area was formed within a three-meter range centered on it!
Within the field, a feeling called “control” arises spontaneously in Huang’s heart!
However, this realm only lasted for less than 10 seconds before collapsing.
“It consumes too much chakra. In my current state, I can’t sustain the existence of the domain for long!”
Despite this, Huang was still extremely excited.
According to Huang’s estimation, under normal circumstances, with his chakra capacity, it is enough to keep the field going for more than a minute!
One minute is short, but for God, it can do a lot!
Yes, within the domain, Huang controls everything and is God!
As for the spiritual space, it is actually a small space that belongs to Huang alone, and its function has yet to be developed!
Just when Huang’s thoughts flew far away, a voice suddenly sounded.
“Huang, why are you here?”
Huang looked and found Shisui looking at him from the cave entrance.
“We encountered Orochimaru and failed to stop him! We only killed one of his guards.” Huang replied.
Uchiha Shisui had an evil thought and he didn’t believe what Huang said.
“Where’s Itachi?” Shisui asked again, the murderous intent in his heart becoming even stronger, almost impossible to conceal.
Huang unconsciously grasped the Kusanagi sword hanging at his waist. Shisui gave him a very dangerous feeling.
After obtaining the spiritual space, Huang’s senses became more acute.
The five senses are enhanced, making it easier to detect unusual things.
“Shisui?”
At this time, Itachi happened to appear at the entrance of the cave.
Seeing Uchiha Itachi, Shisui’s expression finally relaxed.
“I’m glad you’re all okay,” Shisui let down his guard, hiding his murderous intent.
The solemn atmosphere dissipated, and for a moment there was a happy scene of greeting each other.
Huang had a stern face, and it was not someone who used transformation technique to pretend to be Shisui.
But Shisui really revealed some malicious intent towards him just now.
“Uchiha Itachi is very important in the team? Shisui values ​​him so much, could it be related to Fugaku?”
The attitude Uchiha Shisui just displayed revealed some information.
Huang thought of Fugaku’s identity as the patriarch and suddenly thought of a great possibility.
“Is Itachi the next Uchiha clan leader trained by Shisui?”
Uchiha Itachi is the eldest son of the clan leader and a genius whose fame among the Uchiha clan is second only to Shisui. However, as he is younger, his reputation is gradually showing signs of surpassing Shisui’s.
Following the fixed timeline, Uchiha Itachi’s reputation is even higher than Shisui’s.
In another year, Uchiha Itachi would be promoted to Jonin, and in another year he would be recruited by the Third Hokage to become a member of the Anbu, and a year later he would become the captain of the Anbu.
An incredible promotion process.
Suddenly realizing this, Huang understood why Shisui valued Uchiha Itachi so much.
“Shisui’s goal is to train a qualified successor, and Uchiha Itachi is his current choice. Through subtle influence, he will change Itachi’s behavior habits.”
This is very true. A person’s identity background determines his or her actual status to a large extent.
Huang is an orphan who lost both his parents. He has no background or backing. Even if he has good talent, he is just a tool in the eyes of the upper class.
In the eyes of the upper class, all tribesmen and ninjas are just tools of the game.
Uchiha Itachi is different. He is the eldest son of the family patriarch and the future heir of the Uchiha family.
Even though Itachi betrayed the Uchiha clan and massacred his entire family, he was still the noblest bloodline of the Uchiha clan.
Huang looked at Itachi expressionlessly and noticed the faint wrinkles on his face.
This nasolabial line is like the mark of the Uchiha clan leader passed down from generation to generation, from Uchiha Fugaku’s face to Uchiha Itachi’s face.
“An extremely realistic, yet disgusting world!”
Huang knew that reality was cruel and life was humble.
Only the long sword in hand and the dagger at the waist can bring comfort.
Uchiha is too chaotic.
A little misunderstanding at the beginning caused discord within the team.
Shisui knew that his previous actions offended Huang.
I didn’t talk to Huang on the way. Uchiha Itachi chatted with me from time to time, and the atmosphere in the team was still depressing.
The team consists of three taciturn Uchiha, and a cold-blooded boy like Uchiha Itachi serves as the lubricant.
They spent the whole day on the journey like this, and when they stopped to rest, Shisui sent Itachi away and walked to Kirara’s side.
“I misunderstood you before.” There was a hint of apology in Shisui’s tone.
He initially followed clues to find Huang hiding in the cave, and then subconsciously thought that Uchiha Huang had abandoned Itachi and ran away alone.
Anyone who abandons his companions and mission and runs away is not worthy of being a ninja.
Coupled with Itachi’s special identity, Shisui’s abnormal behavior was caused.
Huang didn’t want to talk to him and waved his hand.
Shisui seemed not to notice and continued to talk to himself:
“The relationship between the family and the village is strained now. The current clan leader is tough and unwilling to bow to the village. If the relationship between the village and the family continues to deteriorate, war is inevitable.”
“The clan members have always been proud. Since the first gathering of all members, there have been five consecutive jonin gatherings. After each gathering, the attitude of the clan leaders towards the village has deteriorated.”
“Konoha Village was built by the Uchiha and Senju clans working together. The Uchiha shouldn’t be reduced to this situation, and they shouldn’t be ostracized by the village.”
“Once the village and the family turn against each other, the relationship between the five major countries that has just been calmed down will be directly implicated! The three world wars that have just been settled will break out immediately, and the whole world will be involved in the quagmire of war again.”
Huang heard Shisui’s long speech and looked up at him.
His eyes were full of disdain.
This person is so annoying!
Buzzing like a fly.
I didn’t expect that the most powerful genius of Uchiha actually likes to teach history and politics.
He might actually be able to instill his concepts into Itachi’s mind.
But it is ineffective in front of Huang.
Chapter 014 Seeing through Uchiha! (Old version)
“The relationship between the Uchiha and the village is very important and cannot continue to deteriorate. We need a gentle and open-minded clan leader! So I asked Clan Leader Fugaku to teach Itachi.”
“After hearing all this, you should know that Itachi is important!”
Shisui talked freely.
“Really? What does that have to do with me?”
Huang said expressionlessly, what does Uchiha’s life or death have to do with him?
Apart from the friendship of public housing, there was no other help.
Even this little bit of friendship has been repaid through two years of ninja career.
When Huang was a Genin, he didn’t complete many missions because he was focused on swinging the sword.
So far, 128 D-level tasks, 15 C-level tasks, and 4 B-level tasks have been completed.
Very ordinary experience.
The family charges a 5% commission for each mission, and 10% is used for daily expenses such as rent and water bills.
Public housing is just cheap, not free.
The family collects 15% of the mission bonus issued by the village in the name of the team leader.
Huang doesn’t owe anything to his family. Since his parents passed away, he has been living on his own.
After graduating from Ninja Academy for two years, why did he only know three body techniques?
Because he was an abandoned child of the family, he had no resources to support him and no teachers to teach him.
In Naruto, those geniuses with strong bloodline and deep background are shining.
Xiao Li, the only one who grew up through hard work, could only be a cheerleader in the fourth game.
No one noticed the cannon fodder ninja who died in the corner.
Huang’s situation is similar to that of Sakura in Naruto Team 7.
Even if you are a top student in theory, you are still a weakling without resources.
Before Sakura met Tsunade, she had always been a useless vase.
But Huang does not have such a good opportunity. If he does not work hard to become stronger, he will only become an eyeless corpse on the night of genocide.
Uchiha Sasuke also has a good brother.
Otherwise, he would have died at the hands of the roots, and his eyes would have become a research object or a collection specimen.
Faced with Huang’s question, Shisui choked for a moment.
He has read Huang’s resume.
Huang is an orphan and the help his family gives him is almost zero.
They even suppressed him because he was unable to use the Sharingan after it awakened.
“A lucky child who opened his eyes due to the shock of his parents’ death. He has a poor talent for ninjutsu and has not yet mastered the Three Body Technique in his fifth year.”
This is a passage written on Huang’s resume.
Huang himself doesn’t know.
When he first came here, his poor performance in relearning ninjutsu became a heavy mark on his record.
“I just hope you can understand my previous actions. Itachi is the hope of the family’s future!”
Shisui said at last, earning a chuckle from Akira in return.
“Oh.”
How sad that the future hope of the Uchiha clan took such a cruel action that nearly wiped out the clan.
“By the way, if you really feel guilty, help me seal this Kusanagi sword. As long as it won’t be summoned by Orochimaru and doesn’t affect my use, that’s fine!”
Huang took out the Kusanagi sword from the sealing scroll and handed it to the other party.
Huang doesn’t know the sealing technique, otherwise there would be no need to ask someone else to do this kind of thing.
Shisui was stunned for a moment, then took the Kusanagi sword.
Soon, the Kusanagi sword was sealed by Shisui!
Then, Huang proposed another condition: “After returning to the village, I will apply to move out of the family. I hope you can help say a few words to the family! After the matter is completed, this time will be offset.”
Shisui’s ideas are different from his, but they can still be used.
If you want to move out of Uchiha, you need the consent of both the clan leader and the village.
It’s easy to do if you have the help of Shisui.
Before drawing the line, squeeze out the last bit of value from the water.
“You want to move out? Why? If it’s because of what I did just now, I’m sorry and willing to compensate you. But I hope you don’t blame the family!”
“It has nothing to do with my family. I plan to apply to be a teacher at the Ninja School. I don’t want to continue doing such dangerous missions. I am tired of these endless missions and want to experience life well.” Huang replied, with a firm attitude to leave.
He didn’t really intend to be a teacher, but was just testing the waters.
Test the relationship between the village and the family.
“Well, since you are so determined, I can help you. I just hope you remember that Uchiha will always be your surname and family!”
Shisui nodded helplessly, and the relationship between the two eased slightly.
From hostility to indifference.
Just like the first moment we met.
After taking turns to rest, the three set out again.
We didn’t encounter any problems on the way, and as we got closer to the village, I felt more and more relaxed.
Shisui also began making preparations to report the situation of the border battle to the Hokage.
Huang still insisted on swinging the knife, maintaining his usual vigilance.
Study the spiritual space from time to time on the way.
He discovered that spiritual space can actually store chakra!
This is a major discovery!
Huang can store chakra in the spiritual space and take it out when needed with just a thought.
This is a bit like Tsunade’s Yin Seal.
There is no moon at night.
Huang rested his chin on the hilt of the Kusanagi sword, half-crouched on the treetop, and dozed off slightly.
A faint murderous intent woke him up.
Although the domain was not activated, the keen senses magnified the murderous intent infinitely.
He instantly grasped the Kusanagi sword in his right hand, stood up and looked around.
It was Uchiha Itachi who was on duty in the second half of the night, but he didn’t notice anyone approaching.
“Are you careless? After all, he is still a ten-year-old child.”
Huang muttered, his eyes changing into the Sharingan.
“Six of us, dressed as ANBU! They really think highly of us.”
A few minutes later, several ANBU were less than a hundred meters away and reached the position to launch the surprise attack.
Suddenly, Uchiha Shisui stood up and shouted, “Enemy attack!”
The Jonin’s senses were indeed sharp, and his shouting alerted Uchiha Itachi who was on duty.
“Fire Style: Great Fireball Technique!”
No matter what, it is normal for Uchiha to try out the fireball technique.
Taking advantage of the chaos, Huang quietly came to a bush under the tree and hid his body.
Itachi opened his Sharingan and also spotted the ANBU approaching rapidly.
“The village’s ANBU? Why are they suddenly approaching us? Where’s Kirara?”
Itachi returned to Shisui and asked several questions.
But Shisui didn’t get the chance to answer him as several ANBU approached in an instant.
The huge fireball broke the silence of the night, and several Anbu knew that the other party had discovered their whereabouts.
Everyone stopped hiding and launched an attack instantly.
Three ANBU attacked head-on, while the other three cut in from the flank, unleashing three consecutive ninjutsu instantly.
“Using genjutsu in front of an Uchiha? I don’t know if that’s overconfidence or stupidity.”
Uchiha Shisui raised the corners of his mouth, and his three-magatama Sharingan was activated.
Illusion rebound!
The Anbu who cast the illusion was instantly controlled by the dark technique he himself released.
An Anbu teammate originally thought that Shisui was controlled, so he used the Earth Style’s Heart Beheading Technique to attack suddenly. As soon as he showed his head, he was confronted by a pair of scarlet three-magatama Sharingan.
Another ANBU used water-style ninjutsu to extinguish Shisui’s fire-style great fireball jutsu.
Of the six ANBU, three were restrained by Shisui as soon as they made their move.
This shows some of Shisui’s strength.
“Grab the head!”
Huang has been hiding for a long time, just waiting for this kind of opportunity.
Chapter 015: Grab the Head! (Old Version)
He rushed towards the Anbu who was controlled by the illusion first, and when the Anbu broke free from his illusion, a sharp blade appeared in front of him.
[Ding, kill a jonin and gain 5000 sword swinging experience points.]“The sword swinging experience has decreased. Is it because my strength has increased?”
Last time, the Mist Ninja Anbu rewarded 10,000.
Or are these Anbu not as strong as the last enemies?
When Huang saw this system message, he frowned and many doubts arose in his mind.
Killing a jonin only gives you 5,000 sword-swinging experience points. Since when did jonin become so cheap?
Huang was thinking in his mind, but his movements were not slow.
His figure suddenly appeared next to the Anbu who was performing ninjutsu.
A cold light flashed.
At this moment, the Anbu died without any pain, he only felt time frozen, and he didn’t know what happened when he lost consciousness.
“Even if I don’t charge, my chakra and body still can’t withstand such a rapid loss. I need to strengthen my physique as soon as possible to keep up with the improvement of my swordsmanship.”
The rewards from the system can help Huang improve his strength rapidly, but a good blacksmith must have strong tools himself, so corresponding practice is essential.
[Ding, system task progress: 110,000/1 million. ]Huang sheathed the Kusanagi sword.
The head of the Anbu under Uchiha Shisui’s feet could not be snatched away.
Before Huang could get over, his throat was cut by Shisui’s dagger.
The other three Anbu who cut in from the flank saw their strength and decisively gave up their mission and chose to escape.
The speed of running away is much faster than that of attacking.
Shisui did not chase after him, but instead began to deal with the battlefield.
He seemed to know the ANBU’s purpose.
Huang noticed Shisui’s expression and knew that Uchiha had passed on some new information to him.
The Root Ninjas who knew the Dark Movement Technique were dispatched. Their target was the Uchiha clan members…
He walked over to the two of them silently and saw a familiar light in Itachi’s eyes.
This child won’t worship me, right?
A thought suddenly flashed through Huang’s mind.
“It’s ok to be a little fangirl, but forget about being a little fanboy.”
Huang shook his head.
In his eyes, Uchiha Itachi is just a rebellious kid, maybe a little bit immature.
Now I am not like Uchiha Shisui, who spends all day thinking about family and world peace.
Rejected because of gender.
Shisui was very caring towards his successor and told Itachi many ninjutsu and training experiences.
There are a lot of personal opinions mixed in, and he does not shy away from explaining them.
Huang had no interest in it. The way of ninjutsu was also to become stronger.
But he swung the knife faster and happier.
Nothing is more important than happiness.
“Your swordsmanship has improved again!”
Uchiha Shisui sighed. When he first saw the brilliant sword technique he was just amazed, but now it was enough to shock him.
The speed Huang just displayed was comparable to the teleportation technique.
In the past, Huang only swung his sword quickly, but now he was even faster, even faster than the instant body movement technique…
The speed of strength improvement is unprecedented.
Huang shook his head and did not reply.
He himself knows very well that he is still far from it.
The third system task requires 890,000 sword swings, and the reward is: Ultra Instinct.
Yes, you read that right, the reward for the third system task is one of the bugs in “Dragon Ball Super”.
Ultra Instinct: A state of mind that is passed down among the gods. It is the potential explosion after breaking through the limit. Even the gods find it difficult to reach the extreme. It relies on the various parts of the body to perform conditioned reflex movements, without the need for the brain to think, and maximizes the speed of movement and reaction ability. The body and consciousness are separated, allowing various parts of the body to transcend instinct to perceive the danger around them, and no longer need the brain to think before acting.
It can be predicted that once Huang gets the reward for this task, his strength will be truly advanced.
Now, we are more than capable of protecting ourselves, but we are still lacking in advancement.
You know, the later period of Naruto is the stage for cheaters.
After experiencing the ambush by the Anbu, the three of them quickened their pace back to the village.
The journey that would normally take half a day now took only two hours to get back to the village.
Shisui followed his previous instructions and asked Kirara and Itachi to go back first.
Uchiha Itachi obediently followed the instructions and left.
Huang was still standing there.
A familiar scene.
“I will send the bonus to your home this time as usual.”
Shisui said directly, keeping his tone gentle.
Without the pressure from the village and family, he must be a gentle and friendly person.
Huang shook his head and replied, “Don’t come to my house anymore! Besides, I want to go to the village. I should be able to meet the Sandaime Hokage on this mission, right?”
“How do you know?”
Uchiha Shisui’s expression was very surprised.
As for why Huang didn’t let him deliver money to his house, he probably guessed that it was because he didn’t want him to come into contact with Uchiha Meng.
“I guessed it. After all, it’s an S-rank mission and it involves the Hokage’s apprentice. The Sandaime will definitely meet him in person!”
Huang shrugged and picked a piece of grass from the side and put it in his mouth.
He now has control over the domain and the ability to protect himself, and his personality has been slightly affected. He gradually becomes less concerned about too many things and no longer acts overly cautiously.
After gaining a certain amount of strength, Huang decided to test the attitude of the Hokage forces towards Uchiha.
From my impression, the Third Hokage was indecisive and soft-hearted, and he never seemed to harm his own people.
Well, judging from the plot of Naruto alone, this is the case.
In fact, those people in the Black Third Generation did not actually look at it from the perspective of the Hokage.
From the perspective of the Hokage, from a political perspective, Sarutobi Hiruzen did nothing wrong.
But as a human being, he has done almost nothing good…
Shisui looked at Huang deeply, remembering what Huang said about moving out of Uchiha.
I originally thought it was a joke, but now it seems that he had this plan in mind.
“Remember, your last name will always be Uchiha.” Inside Konoha Village, outside the Hokage Building, Shisui gave the last warning.
Huang did not answer. He folded his arms, held a piece of grass in his mouth, and looked at the streets around him.
As the largest village in the Ninja World, Konoha Village focuses on war preparations, but its commercial activities are also strong.
People from other villages often come to ask for help and post tasks.
Most of these are big businessmen and politicians.
The upper-middle class who possess at least one of the following three qualities: power, money, and influence.
Their arrival made the village’s business more prosperous.
Compared to the closed Uchiha, the atmosphere in Konoha Village is much more comfortable.
It’s just that this village isn’t very welcoming to the Uchiha clan right now.
Chapter 016 All Familiar Characters (Old Version)
Walking into the Hokage Building, the coming and going of ninjas and clients formed a busy government hall.
Shisui didn’t stay here, but went straight upstairs.
Huang followed behind him quietly, like an ordinary guard, but his attitude was very lazy.
Led by a ninja in a Chunin vest, the two were taken to the Hokage’s office.
A white-haired old man was sitting on a chair, smoking his pipe with big puffs.
Noticing the arrival of Shisui and the others, he put down his pipe and gave a friendly smile.
“Shisui, I’m back. How was the mission?”
“Hokage, the mission failed. We were not able to capture Orochimaru, but my team fought with him, cut off one of his arms, and killed two guards. During the battle, we were ambushed by the elite ANBU of the Mist Ninja. The three ANBU and three Root members you sent were all killed in the battle…”
Uchiha Shisui narrated the mission process one by one, focusing on Uchiha Itachi’s contribution.
“Uchiha Itachi… is Fugaku’s eldest son, right?”
The Third Hokage interrupted Uchiha Itachi when he heard his name.
“That’s right.”
Shisui replied.
The two of them asked and answered each other, seemingly forgetting Huang in the corner.
When Uchiha Shisui finished speaking, the Third Hokage showed no intention of talking to Huang.
“Greetings, Uchiha Huang.”
Just as the Third Hokage was about to see the guests off, Huang spoke up.
“Uchiha Huang?”
When the Third Hokage heard what Huang said, the smile on his face faded slightly.
He looked at Uchiha Shisui with a questioning look, and the latter shook his head slightly.
Seeing this, a smile appeared on the Third Hokage’s face.
“Shisui, you’ve worked hard. Go to the lobby downstairs to claim your mission bonus!”
“Yes, Hokage-sama!”
Shisui responded, then left with a teleportation technique.
In the entire Hokage office, only the Third Hokage and Huang were left.
“Tell me, what do you want from me?”
“Hokage-sama, you seem to be optimistic that Uchiha Shisui can ease the relationship between the village and the Uchiha.” Huang asked.
The Third Hokage smiled without saying a word, looking at Huang quietly, and a sense of silent pressure came over him.
When he saw the hilt of the knife on Huang’s waist, his pupils shrank slightly.
The condensed momentum is even more powerful.
“I want to be a teacher at a ninja school. I came here to apply to you, Hokage!”
Huang brought out the idea that he had first told Uchiha Shisui, and did not take the intimidation of the Third Hokage seriously.
“Teacher of the Ninja School? This requires a meeting of Konoha’s top leaders to finalize the list. Besides, you are still young. You have a great chance of becoming a Jonin in the future. Don’t give up just because of a difficult mission. Go back and think about it carefully. When you figure it out, come back to me!”
The Third Hokage smiled kindly and said, Huang looked like a child who was frustrated by the mission. He was afraid of fighting and planned to retreat to the rear to retire.
But this child is not simple.
Why did Orochimaru’s Kusanagi sword appear in his hand?
After coming out of the Hokage Building, Huang didn’t plan to go home directly.
Since we finally come to the village, of course we have to take a good look around.
In the hall, Shisui handed him 1.2 million taels of silver, saying it was the reward for this mission.
Even though he didn’t finish, stopping Orochimaru and severing his right arm was far more honorable than being a disgraced ANBU.
According to Shisui, the Hokage probably intended to use their achievements to cover up the incompetence of the Anbu.
This time, Huang achieved part of his purpose by meeting the Hokage.
The Third Hokage did not directly agree to his request.
He didn’t trust the Uchiha.
Huang proposed to enter the Ninja School as a teacher, not because he really wanted to be a teacher, but to test the Hokage.
To what extent can Konoha allow Uchiha to do.
The Ninja School is the foundation of Konoha Village and the basic plan that has been implemented since the Second Hokage.
The main force that divides the major ninja families.
This is equivalent to the basic foundation of Konoha Village.
According to Huang’s guess, the Third Hokage would not agree to his request.
But Huang can get close to Konoha’s high-level officials by following Uchiha Shisui’s behavior.
There is a chance… to kill with one strike and make a comeback.
Shisui works hard for the village, while Akira works hard for himself, not his family.
Konoha, which has no Kage-level leader, belongs to the Uchiha.
Danzo, in this game with Konoha, must die!
Between the village and the family, Huang chose himself.
Both sides benefit.
This benefit can be ninjutsu or status, Huang will accept anyone who comes.
He would not be so stupid as to act as the Third Hokage’s thug like Shisui and Itachi.
In order to become stronger, killing the Hokage and defecting is also an option.
Everything is done to gain status and become stronger!
The Hokage’s considerations are not within the scope of calculation, and no matter what the result is, it can be accepted.
Huang was thinking about things and strolling on the street when he suddenly smelled a familiar glutinous fragrance.
Huang’s eyes lit up, he put his thoughts aside, and following the smell, he came to a shop.
A tricolor dumpling shop with a few customers sitting inside.
“This sticky fragrance is just like the dumplings from my hometown in my previous life! Such a nostalgic taste.”
Huang followed the smell into the store and suddenly stopped because there was a customer in the store.
He glanced at the several customers in the store without leaving a trace.
They are all familiar characters.
Might Guy, who is dressed in a green tights and a Jonin vest, specializes in physical skills.
A beautiful lady with long curly hair, a beautiful ninja who is good at illusion, Yuhi Kurenai.
Asuma Sarutobi, the son of the Hokage who has a beard at a young age.
In addition to the Hatake family, there is also the Gekko family, which is a samurai family, and the sickly Gekko Hayate.
“Is it him?”
Kai also noticed Huang, his eyes lit up, and he greeted him with surprise:
“Hello, I finally see you in the village.”
Huang looked around and found that there seemed to be no one else, so he immediately pointed at himself.
“You said hello to me?”
“Yeah! I haven’t seen you swinging a sword outside the village recently, and I was curious about what you were doing. It turns out you’re already a Chunin!”
Kai said in a familiar manner.
“Hello, my name is Might Guy! When I was practicing, I could see you swinging your sword by the Nanhe River outside the village every day. I knew you were practicing swordsmanship, and I was sorry to disturb you.”
“Uchiha Huang.”
Don’t hit someone who smiles at you, Huang responded.
Chapter 017 Uchiha is so hateful! (Old version)
After years of practice, Huang has come to understand Kai and they often meet.
People who practice hard have better senses.
Hearing this name, the bearded Asuma Sarutobi beside him frowned and looked at Ji Fan Huang carefully.
Xihihong also slowed down her movements and moved her ears slightly.
There were four people in the group, besides Might Guy there was also a Moonlight Gale who didn’t do anything and was just bragging on his own.
Huang saw all the actions of several people.
“What do you want to eat? It’s my treat for the first time! Let’s make friends. We can compete in taijutsu sometime. Besides Obito, you’re the second person from the Uchiha clan that I know.”
Might Guy said with a smile, pulling Huang to the store to order food.
Huang didn’t know how to answer, and murmured: “How can this be good…”
As he was talking, he ordered nearly twenty skewers of dumplings of different flavors from the boss.
Only after experiencing poverty do you know how difficult it is to entertain guests.
With Kai’s introduction, Huang came up to the four people.
Kai introduced the three people one by one, and then introduced Huang to them.
“This is a companion I met during my training, Uchiha Huang.”
The three of them looked smiling and welcomed Huang very much.
As he was speaking, the boss brought over a plate of dumplings and placed it in the middle of the table.
Huang couldn’t help himself when he smelled the fragrance.
After returning to the village, he followed Shisui to see the Hokage.
Haven’t eaten anything so far.
The dumpling was right in front of him, and he sat down without any hesitation, just separating Asuma and Hong.
“I’m starting!”
Huang spoke his daily dining language out of habit, and then he ate it all up in one swift motion.
One mouthful at a time, basic operation.
The four people around him were stunned.
“Kai, this is the first time I’ve seen someone eat tri-color dumplings the same way as you! You two really are friends.”
Hong said disdainfully, the Uchiha’s recent behavior in the village was about to incur public outrage.
Xi Rihong’s neighbor was arrested and detained for two days by the police department because of a trivial matter.
That’s why she has a problem with the Uchiha.
Kai still looked cheerful and could not hear the sarcasm in Hong’s voice.
Huang narrowed his eyes slightly, ignoring Hong’s words and continued to focus on Tuanzi.
Kai treated these people to the dumplings, and since they were Kai’s friends, they couldn’t help but take two skewers.
Huang didn’t pay and planned to keep the meatballs for himself.
So you need to be more aggressive and calm the situation, so that the whole plate of dumplings can go into his stomach.
In three or four minutes, a large plate of dumplings, more than a dozen skewers, were all eaten by Huang.
Only then did he pick up the remaining two skewers and taste them leisurely.
“It’s soft and delicious, sweet and sticky. It’s a great delicacy from Konoha Village! One bite and you’ll feel happy.”
Huang took a bite. At that moment, he seemed as if he was possessed by a wealthy aristocrat. He was gentle and elegant. After tasting a small bite of the dumpling exquisitely, he closed his eyes and savored it for a while, and finally slowly expressed his experience.
I, Huang, am a gourmet.
The Taotie just now was called Uchiha Drinking Water.
Xihihong stared at the empty plate and bamboo sticks on the table in amazement, her little face flushed with anger.
Her ruby-like eyes stared at Huang’s handsome face in disbelief.
This guy… didn’t even leave one for her!
He was holding two strings of coins in his hand and still gossiping.
Every comment was like a knife, stabbing her heart deeply.
Uchiha is so abominable!!!
“Boss! Ten more skewers of dumplings!”
Xihi Kurenai shouted loudly and looked at Huang with an angry face.
Huang responded with a kind smile and ate two strings of dumplings by himself.
The atmosphere was very tense for a moment.
Even Moonlight Gale, who was always good at warming up the crowd, was speechless at this moment.
This Uchiha is unusual…
“I’m sorry… Miss Hong, I’m going to close the shop for lunch at noon, and there are only a few dumplings left. Come back in the afternoon!”
The shop owner came out embarrassedly and said.
It was already noon, and Huang was almost the last one to arrive.
Xihi Hong and others also ate for a while.
Having not expected this, Xi Ri Hong felt even more embarrassed.
He glared at Huang again and sat down angrily.
When Asuma saw Hong being bullied, he couldn’t help but was about to speak out, but was interrupted by Kai.
“Kakashi!”
Suddenly, Kai’s shout broke the tense atmosphere.
Huang followed Kai’s gaze and saw a white-haired masked ninja wearing white armor of the Anbu walking past the store.
Kakashi looked up at the people in the store, then left as if he hadn’t heard anything.
Kai immediately chased after him. Seeing this, Huang put down a string of dumplings with two left in it and followed him out.
Hatake Kakashi, also nicknamed Hatake Wu.Wu Kai.
Huang had been interested in him for a long time and wanted to meet this character who runs through the entire Naruto plot.
But before he became a ninja, Kakashi joined the ANBU.
I have never encountered this before during the execution of my mission.
Kakashi turned into an alley, holding a book.
Kai hurriedly caught up, and Huang followed behind and noticed something was wrong.
Glancing behind him, he noticed three ANBU following him stealthily.
“Following Kakashi?”
Huang guessed in his heart.
He is an invisible Uchiha, so it shouldn’t be worth spending a team of Anbu to track him.
Huang pretended not to see it and quickly followed into the alley.
Just then, Kakashi suddenly pulled out a kunai and turned around to attack Kai who was rushing over.
“clang!”
Huang instantly moved and without drawing his sword, he used his scabbard to block Kakashi’s kunai.
Under the fierce collision, Huang’s wrist did not shake at all, and he blocked Kakashi’s attack firmly.
Kakashi’s pupils shrank slightly, and he was surprised by the speed of Huang’s move.
Although he didn’t use his full strength, ordinary Chunins would be killed instantly by him.
Uchiha?
So strong!
Why does this person give me a sense of déjà vu?
Samurai! Is there still such a strong samurai?
At this moment, many thoughts flashed through Kakashi’s mind, and he was finally shocked by a flash of light from the hilt of the sword.
The whole body was suppressed by an inexplicable aura.
The atmosphere on the scene suddenly froze.
“Wow! Kakashi, it’s me! Kai…”
Kai finally reacted at this time and exclaimed.
“You again, what do you want from me?” Kakashi frowned, then let go of the kunai as if nothing had happened.
This was the first time Kakashi directly responded to Gai’s question since he joined the Anbu.
Kakashi casually put the kunai into his ninja tool bag and picked up the novel again to read. His right hand trembled slightly and he kept an eye on Huang’s figure out of the corner of his eye.
At the age of 19, Kakashi was already a Jonin, joined the Anbu, and participated in the plan to capture Orochimaru.
But his ending was miserable, as he was killed instantly by Orochimaru who was in full health.
Huang made rapid progress in swordsmanship and his strength was far superior to Kakashi.
In the fight between the two just now, Huang took the initiative and easily blocked Kakashi’s attack.
“Such a cold character, the dark Kakashi who has not stepped out of the shadows…”
Huang thought to himself that Kakashi’s behavior at this moment was truly like that of a ninja.
Resolutely implement the essence of the task and complete it perfectly no matter what the task is.
Huang suspected that his words and deeds might be one of the reasons why Itachi turned evil in the future.
I noticed that Kakashi Hatake did not inherit Hatake’s swordsmanship, which was boring.
Chapter 018 The gap between Uchiha and the village (old version)
“Kakashi had such a group of good friends who pulled him out of the dark vortex, but Itachi had to bear the pressure from the village and family alone after Shisui’s death.”
Huang looked at the special bond between Gai and Kakashi, and suddenly felt sorry for Itachi.
This may be the Uchiha path!
Lonely all the way.
In Kishimoto’s scripts, the Uchiha clan are all poor people who need to be saved.
Huang enjoys this kind of solitude and keeps a hatchet to accompany him when he is alone.
But what about Itachi?
He was just a teenager who longed for a peaceful life and to take good care of his younger brother.
Perhaps there is one thing in common between Huang and Itachi, that is, Huang also has a younger sister to take care of.
In fact, in Huang’s opinion, being involved in the game between the family and the village is doomed to tragedy.
Without this group of lovely companions, Kakashi might have sunk into the Anbu, eventually becoming a killing machine and dying in a nameless battle.
Huang’s departure did not alarm anyone.
Completely conceal your own voice and leave quietly.
The Anbu who had been monitoring Kakashi did not find any trace of him. Only Kakashi, who had been paying attention to Kirara, noticed it.
“Who was that person just now?”
After Huang left, Kakashi put down the book and asked.
Kai had been persuading Kakashi to quit the Anbu and didn’t notice Huang’s departure at all.
“Huang, I almost forgot to introduce you… Hey, where is he?”
Only then did Kai realize that Huang’s figure had disappeared long ago.
At this time, Huang had already come to the street and was strolling around.
After eating some snacks, Huang walked towards the vegetable market.
I plan to treat myself today.
A person who likes to eat meat will feel unhappy if there is no meat in a meal.
The village vegetable market is much larger than the small family market.
Merchants selling only meat occupy a large corner.
Huang asked east and west.
Finally, I found a shop in a corner that sells fresh meat at affordable prices.
“Boss, give me three pounds of lean meat, no skin, no fat!”
The fat boss holding the knife glanced at Huang and said nothing. Instead, he said to another ordinary villager, “What do you want to order?”
The person who came behind Huang looked at Huang embarrassedly, then pointed at a piece of pork belly and said, “Give me two pounds.”
“Forty taels of silver.”
The boss replied with a smile, looking at the weight on the scale, it seemed to be about two pounds and two ounces.
After collecting the customer’s money, the boss’s face turned serious and he turned to Huang and said, “Lean meat is not sold separately. If you want to add pig head meat, the price is the same! Forty taels per catty.”
Huang’s face turned dark. Was the 42 taels of meat he saw just now an illusion?
Uchiha must double the amount of food he buys in the village!
“Boss, it was 20 taels per pound just now! Why did you raise the price when it comes to me?”
“Twenty for the villagers, forty for the Uchiha! Take it or leave it.”
The boss slammed the knife down on the chopping board and sneered.
“Yeah?”
Huang’s expression remained unchanged, comparing horizontally?
He leaned his left hand slightly against the scabbard and flicked his thumb. A flash of white light passed by, and the butcher knife that the butcher had just chopped on the chopping board shattered into countless pieces along with the chopping board, scattering all over the meat stall.
The sudden huge noise immediately attracted a large crowd of onlookers.
“Wow!”
“what happened?”
“What a sharp knife…”
“Who’s causing trouble!? Ah… Uchiha! It’s okay, it’s okay. Everyone go away!”
“Come on, come on, what are you doing here? Do you want to go to the police department and get jailed?”
When the villagers saw the bizarre scene, they planned to watch the show, but when they discovered Uchiha Huang’s family emblem, their faces turned pale, and they subconsciously pretended not to see it and left.
At this time, a thin middle-aged man came over, trembling visibly, but still mustered up the courage to say:
“Sir, you want to buy meat, right? My place is cheap, but this coward only knows how to cheat people from other villages. Please be magnanimous and bypass him!”
Huang glanced at the middle-aged man. Uchiha now became an outsider, which was just right. He was too lazy to look at the faces of the villagers.
He couldn’t turn against Konoha now, so he just went along with the thin boss’s offer.
Before leaving, Huang turned around and said to the fat boss: “If you do business like this, you will go bankrupt sooner or later!”
After saying that, he followed the thin middle-aged man to his stall.
The thin boss seemed worried that Huang would cause trouble for the fat boss, and kept speaking for him.
The reason why the fat man was angry had a lot to do with Uchiha.
Just yesterday, something happened at the market.
The fat boss has a twelve-year-old son who was captured in front of him by ninjas from the Uchiha Police Department and has not been released yet.
The crime announced by the Uchiha at that time was stealing the Uchiha clan emblem.
It is a decoration pasted on the door of the police department.
The fat boss’s son was used as an example to warn the Uchiha. He was put in solitary confinement for stealing and would be released when he realized his mistake.
But whether or not they are wrong is not up to the Uchiha people to decide.
Huang sneered, “Really?”
The relationship between the Uchiha and the villagers became increasingly strained, and the cold war created a huge gap.
The family ninjas frantically punished the villagers who offended them, which aroused increasing public resentment.
The villagers began to spontaneously boycott the Uchiha clan.
With Danzo’s trouble-making stuff going on, neither side admitted their mistakes and offered to negotiate, and the two sides were fighting like crazy.
This has resulted in a situation where vegetable prices in Uchiha will inevitably increase, and innocent villagers like Huang or Uchiha clan members have no way to seek justice.
When we arrived at the Skinny Laoban pork shop, Huang took a look around.
The thin boss’s food is indeed as he said, much cheaper and the meat quality is similar.
Huang bought five catties and spent eighty-two taels, which comes out to about sixteen taels per catty.
Under the boss’s gaze, Huang also asked him to deliver a pound of pork ribs.
Because of what happened just now, Huang didn’t want to continue shopping in the village market.
I bought some vegetables and went home.
Chapter 019 Huang’s Trophy (Old Version)
Hokage Building, after Huang left, Shisui’s figure appeared in the building again.
“Hokage-sama!”
Shisui half-knelt and said.
The Third Hokage stood up and walked in front of Shisui, holding his pipe and whispering:
“Shisui, are you done yet?”
“kindness.”
“Please tell me about Uchiha Huang’s situation in detail.”
“After his parents died, Huang has been hacking… practicing Taijutsu. His awakened Sharingan was also neglected because of this. As a result, he was not welcomed in the clan and did not receive any resources. After he was promoted to Chunin, he was assigned to my team by the clan leader. On the surface, he should not be considered an Uchiha diehard, but the strength he showed was amazing.”
“How amazing is that?”
Hearing Uchiha Shisui’s story, the Third Hokage’s eyelids twitched and he thought of the Kusanagi sword in Huang’s hand.
“His swordsmanship is extraordinary. His sword is incredibly fast and powerful. He and Uchiha Itachi survived Orochimaru’s hands, cut off Orochimaru’s right arm, and seized the Kusanagi sword…”
As Uchiha Shisui spoke, he pulled out a scroll that Itachi had given him and sealed Orochimaru’s right hand in it.
“Orochimaru’s right hand?”
The Third Hokage frowned, a trace of worry appearing on his face.
For a ninja, losing his right hand means losing his whole life.
No wonder even the Kusanagi sword was lost.
“Orochimaru… sigh!”
The Third Hokage sighed inwardly and waved his hand, signaling Shisui to leave on his own.
After hearing the news, the Third Hokage couldn’t calm down for a long time.
After so many years of master-disciple friendship, the Third Hokage treated Orochimaru like his own son.
“Maybe this is a good thing.”
The Third Hokage could only comfort himself in this way in the end.
After calming down, the Third Hokage wrote a mission letter on the table and summoned the Anbu.
“Notify the 13th Anbu squad to keep a close eye on Uchiha Huang. Report any unusual movements to me immediately!”
The Third Hokage handed the mission scroll to the Anbu.
“yes!”
The Anbu took the scroll and walked away.
At the Uchiha house, I had just arrived home and had lunch.
Itachi followed his father to the study.
“Itachi, how difficult is this mission?”
Fugaku asked after closing the door.
“Mission failed.”
“What’s going on? Did Shisui hold back? With his strength, he is fully confident of dealing with the seriously injured Orochimaru. I heard that both the Root and the Anbu have sent ninjas to support him, so how could he fail?”
“I don’t know about the Root and the Anbu. Shisui didn’t tell me. They were all ambushed by the Mist Ninja…”
Itachi told Fugaku what happened at that time one by one, especially emphasizing the role of Kirara in it.
Fugaku fell into deep thought after hearing this.
The study was quiet for a while, and Itachi looked at his father cautiously.
“Father, if there is nothing else, I will leave.”
“Wait a minute, tell me what you know about Huang.”
Fugaku called out to Itachi and continued asking.
Itachi stopped, turned around and pondered for a while, as if trying to find the feeling of being with Huang.
“He left me with a very strange and contradictory impression. Unlike other tribesmen, he didn’t seem to be arrogant, but in fact, he didn’t care about anything around him. He wouldn’t talk to us on his own initiative, and whenever he had free time, he would swing his sword. He must be practicing physical skills and swordsmanship, and he seems to know some medical skills.”
Itachi narrated the story in a fragmentary manner according to his memory.
“What impressed me most was the battle with Orochimaru. Huang injured Orochimaru and his guards alone. He also cut off Orochimaru’s right arm.”
“He destroyed Orochimaru’s right arm? Why didn’t you tell me in advance!”
Uchiha Fugaku’s face changed drastically, and he secretly calculated the importance of this news.
Although Orochimaru was seriously injured, his strength is still there. Huang was able to break one of his arms, so his strength should not be underestimated.
He had no impression of this tribesman named Huang.
“How could this happen! The course of events has completely changed.”
Fugaku felt very uncomfortable at this time. His idea of ​​arranging Uchiha Huang to join Shisui’s team was to highlight his son’s talent.
Huang acts as a cheerleader in the team and also takes the opportunity to promote Itachi’s extraordinary talent to the villagers.
To put it simply, he is a salted fish who can be sacrificed at any time and can shout 666.
Fugaku spent a lot of effort to help his son become famous faster.
Uchiha Itachi was very ambitious. He awakened the Sharingan at the age of 8 and was promoted to Chunin at the age of 10. As long as he spent some time with Shisui, he could apply for promotion to Jonin.
With background, upgrading is that easy.
Uchiha Fugaku was preparing for Itachi to inherit the position of clan leader in the future.
Now they were all destroyed by Huang at once.
If this news spreads, the clan members will immediately know that there is a new genius in the family, but Itachi…
Fugaku looked at his son in front of him, thinking that the news must not be leaked to anyone.
Kirara is the rising star of the family, but Itachi is his son.
“Who else knows this news besides me?”
“Captain Shisui also knows that I entrusted him to hand over Orochimaru’s right arm to the village as a trophy.”
Itachi answered honestly.
Fugaku noticed something at this time and asked hurriedly: “You entrusted him? Does Orochimaru’s arm belong to you?”
“Father, this is Huang’s trophy.”
Itachi shook his head gently. He was very insightful and immediately guessed what his father was planning.
It would be good for him, but he didn’t want to do it.
“Father, Huang is also a member of the family.”
Itachi said again.
Fugaku looked at him, sighed and smiled: “You are such a straightforward person, so let’s do it! Report truthfully.”
“Thank you, father.”
Itachi looked relaxed, bowed and thanked him, then took his leave towards Fugaku.
Fugaku doted on his son, and he knew what Shisui was planning, but he didn’t try to stop him.
He was also aware of Shisui’s constant efforts to explain things to the village, and even reveal information about the family.
But Fugaku acquiesced to this.
He knew what would happen if the Uchiha continued to go against the village.
But the suspicious tribesmen did not think so, and the seeds of hatred were planted between the two.
It takes more than one or two conversations to calm things down.
As the head of the Uchiha clan, he had no other choice.
A clan leader who does not stand with his people will soon be abandoned by them.
Uchiha Madara is a living example.
After an avalanche, no snowflake is innocent.
Uchiha Fugaku watched Itachi leave quietly, and instantly appeared in another secret room in his house.
An Uchiha was waiting for him in the secret room.
Chapter 020 Neighbors, take care of each other! (Old version)
“Master, we lost five members of our tribe and ten ninja cats on this mission. It must be the village that did it.”
This clan member is Fugaku’s right-hand man, Uchiha Hayata, captain of the 1st Squad of the Konoha Police Force, and the main radical leader of the clan.
“are you sure?”
Fugaku asked.
“Confirmed, Master Itachi was also attacked. I helped them deal with the tail! Their identities are all Konoha Anbu.”
Uchiha Hayata said solemnly.
Weasel?
Third generation, do you really intend to kill them all?
Fugaku’s eyes suddenly widened, and after slowly recovering, he asked calmly: “What do you think of Huang?”
“Who is Huang, the new captain of the village’s Anbu?”
Uchiha Hayata couldn’t remember anyone with this name, and there was no such person in his mind.
“Another member of Shisui’s team, a Chunin from the clan.”
“His strength is average. His performance in Taijutsu in the Chunin Exam was good, but his Ninjutsu and Genjutsu were terrible.”
Uchiha Hayata seemed to have just remembered and answered in a serious tone.
He had the entire family’s ninja files in his head, but the unimportant ones needed reminding to remember.
“Send someone to keep a close eye on his whereabouts.”
“Yes, I’ll arrange it immediately!”
Uchiha Hayata replied.
“Go down! Tell the tribesmen that the recent mission teams should go with people from other families as much as possible. Remind them to be careful.”
As soon as he finished speaking, the smoke dissipated and the figure disappeared.
Uchiha clan territory, public housing on the outskirts.
An old man was sitting under a big tree to enjoy the cool shade. Suddenly he looked up and saw a familiar little guy.
“Huang-jun is back.”
“Yeah, I’m back.”
Huang smiled and nodded.
People living near public housing are all marginalized members of the family, and everything in their lives is tied to their family.
Huang and his sister are also among them.
The family’s honor has nothing to do with them, but the family’s decline will cost them their lives.
“Keep practicing hard!”
The middleman encouraged.
Huang responded with a smile and said, “I will.”
A group of people who were forgotten by their families gathered together and lived in harmony.
Huang and Meng, a brother and sister, received a lot of help from their neighbors when they were young.
“Huang-jun, are you having a conflict with Xiaotong-chan? It’s been a long time since I saw you two together. You used to go to school together…”
“Mr. Iruma, it’s been two years since I graduated! Tong is still in school.”
Huang said helplessly, pointing at his forehead.
After Uchiha Madara’s death.
Old Man Ikuma should be the oldest member of the Uchiha clan today, he is eighty-five years old this year.
It is estimated that he will have to live for another ten years or so to catch up with Uchiha Madara.
When he first traveled through time, Huang thought that Mr. Iruma was a hidden master of the Uchiha clan, and he showed his courtesy to him.
In fact, he is just an ordinary old man, and a little forgetful.
“ヾ(≧O≦)〃Oh~, then you have to work hard too!”
Jujian touched his bald head embarrassedly and showed an apologetic expression.
The old man often complained that he was forgetful easily. When he found that he had remembered things wrong again, he immediately began to reflect on himself.
Huang waited for him for a while, and when he saw that he had nothing to say, he took the ingredients and returned home.
I haven’t seen my sister in Meng for more than half a month. I have to reward this little Loli well.
After washing your hands and face, prepare the hot water and start preparing the ingredients.
Pre-process the meat as usual, then take a bath.
Arrange your time reasonably.
While buying meat, Huang thought about what dish to cook today.
This time, Huang didn’t plan to eat anything too greasy, so he chose to make a dish of garlic pork, also known as Lizhuang pork.
Of the five pounds of meat, all the best pork belly muscles are selected, with a total of about 50% lean meat and 50% fat. Four pounds are made into Li Zhuang white meat, and the rest is added with the purchased onions and green peppers to make a twice-cooked pork.
Add the included spare ribs, corn and potatoes to make a pot of spare rib soup.
Originally, the pork rib soup should have been added with side dishes such as mushrooms and kelp to enhance the flavor and freshness, but Huang doesn’t like to eat these, so potatoes were added instead.
Although potatoes are cheap, they are delicious!
After preparing all the dishes, I kept them warm and waited for my sister to come back from school.
When Huang went out, the girl was still mad at him about what happened to Zhishui last time. I wonder if she is feeling better now.
Next, Huang opened the door and went out.
It has been a long time since I invited my old neighbor to dinner, so this is a good opportunity.
I went out, went downstairs and turned right, and saw the old man in the shop still reflecting, and I smiled knowingly.
“Grandpa Ikuma, you haven’t eaten yet, right?”
“Ah? No.”
The old man in the middle looked up in surprise and answered subconsciously.
Everyone is a marginalized person in the family, and the younger generation can still change their lives by learning ninjutsu.
But these retired widows and widowers who have lost their fighting capacity, whose children and parents died in battle, have no one to rely on and can only eke out a living relying on some family subsidies.
There are not many elderly people living near public housing, and children make up a large proportion of the population.
The child grew up with the support and help of the elders. After becoming a ninja, he left this forgotten place and began to shoulder family responsibilities.
The older generation quietly waited to die and were then sent to the cemetery.
Huang didn’t do so and continued to live here.
The place is remote and the rent is cheap.
There are familiar faces everywhere.
“My meal is ready, let’s eat together!”
Huang asked with a smile.
Neighbors take care of each other.
“Well, I’m sorry to bother you. A child as good at cooking as Huang is a perfect match for the prettiest girl in Uchiha! You can’t let Hitomi be snatched away by someone else.”
The old man who was the middleman readily agreed and started mumbling again.
Huang looked embarrassed, as all the neighbors knew that he had a good relationship with Tong.
The old man started saying this when Tong was seven or eight years old.
God knows how he could tell that Hitomi was the most beautiful girl in Uchiha at that time.
“Okay, okay, Grandpa, I’ll help you get home first. Then I’ll go find her!”
Huang responded, carefully helped the old man up, and picked up the walking stick next to the wooden chair.
I was wondering how to tell that girl.
He hadn’t seen Uchiha Hitomi for almost a year.
The old man is almost suffering from Alzheimer’s disease, but he still remembers to bring them together.
Chapter 021 A dullard! A brother-loving demon! (Old version)
When he first came to this world, in addition to his younger sister Meng, Huang also had a good relationship with a cute little loli.
But what Huang couldn’t stand was that Uchiha Hitomi was particularly clingy and would run to him whenever she had time.
He remembered that there was a period of time when he became a popular commodity fought over by two little girls.
Especially after Huang opened the Sharingan, it became even more excessive.
Who wants to go to the toilet and then open the door, and see two little girls standing outside asking you in a baby voice.
“Brother, how do you open the Sharingan?”
How to say Huang!
Should I tell them that I killed my brother to prove my truth?
When he was in Ninja School, two little lolis would often come to take classes with him, like two guardians. This prevented him, with his extraordinary good looks, from hooking up with any little fangirls in the class.
How infuriating!!!
When Huang thinks of that scene now, his head hurts.
Huang thought of his childhood memories and a smile appeared on his lips.
I didn’t know whether to laugh or cry at that time, but now when I think back on it, I feel a lot less indifferent.
Before I knew it, I had arrived at Uchiha Hitomi’s house. After hesitating for a moment, I gently knocked on the door.
“Who is it?”
A soft female voice came from inside the door.
After waiting for a while, the door opened and a girl in a blue and white printed kimono appeared behind the door. Her black hair was soft and smooth and fell over her shoulders like a waterfall. Her bangs slightly covered her eyebrows. A strand of silly hair stood up and ruined her perfect hairstyle. Her cute little face was slightly round and her big eyes stared blankly at the person outside the door.
She grew taller and became more beautiful!
Huang muttered in his heart, looking at the familiar face in front of him, and sighed slightly:
“Long time no see, Hitomi.”
“Brother Huang!”
Xiaotong suddenly pounced on him as if to rush forward.
With this collision, my whole body suddenly became soft and a fragrant smell filled my nose!
“Why is it always like this? You’re a grown-up girl now!”
Huang pushed Tong away slightly, frowning and speaking in a serious tone.
Uchiha Hitomi hung on him like a koala.
Very indecent!!
“Brother Huang, you haven’t looked for me for a long time. You can do whatever you want!”
Uchiha Hitomi stared at Huang with dark eyes and asked expectantly.
“Grandpa Jujian asked you to come to my house for dinner, so hurry up and clean up.”
Huang was speechless and turned his head away. The girl’s head almost hit that place.
Huang hurriedly pulled Uchiha Tong away, reciting the Bible to suppress the thoughts in his heart.
“Okay! Right away!”
Uchiha Hitomi’s eyes lit up and she jumped back into the house.
“Hurry up! Just put on your shoes.”
Huang urged.
“Okay, I’ll be there soon! You go back and accompany grandpa first, I’ll be there soon.”
Uchiha Hitomi’s voice came from the room.
Huang shook his head. This girl is still the same.
In terms of the relationship from childhood to adulthood, apart from her younger sister Meng, she is the person Huang has been with the longest in this world.
This feeling can never be erased.
Huang said that he was annoyed, but he actually felt a little nostalgic after being away for such a long time.
If you don’t have the ability, there is no question of love.
“Am I really afraid that this girl will kill my brother and attain enlightenment after opening her Sharingan? Now that she has mastered swordsmanship, I don’t hate her that much.”
In the room, Uchiha Hitomi looked at herself in the mirror with excitement on her face. She put a Konoha ninja forehead guard on her forehead, tied her scattered black hair up high and secured it with a white rope.
After changing into a new set of clothes, Uchiha Hitomi secretly encouraged herself, “Come on! Hitomi, you can definitely protect Brother Huang.”
The feelings that grow from childhood to adulthood develop into a deep bond.
At the Huang family’s house, the old man who lived in the middle of the house leaned against the door and looked ahead quietly, staring at the corner of the aisle.
Like an empty nester.
He saw a figure walking towards him, his eyes moved slightly, and a hint of disappointment flashed across them.
“Huang Jun, are you alone? Where’s Xiao Tong?”
“She’s in the back, why are you coming out again?”
Huang replied.
He helped the middleman into the house, walked to the table and sat down, then took out two cushions from the house and placed them on both sides of the table.
Only after he sat down did Huang bring out the warm food and place it on the table.
“Huang, you must take good care of Xiaotong! The neighbors in the public housing have watched you grow up and think you are a good match!”
Jujian spoke earnestly, seeming very worried that Huang would not be able to find a wife.
“How can a man as talented and handsome as me not find a suitable wife? Don’t worry about it.”
Huang said.
“That’s right. Even though my brother isn’t as handsome as Shisui, and his strength is slightly weaker than Shisui’s, he definitely won’t have to worry about his wife!” Meng chimed in.
Huang: …
Intermediary: …
The old man in the middle was too lazy to talk to the brother and sister, so he turned his head away and didn’t want to pay any attention to them.
A blockhead! A brother-loving demon!
“I’ll go see if Hitomi is here.”
Huang was worried that the old man would continue this topic, so he stood up and spoke.
“Knock, knock.”
As soon as he finished speaking, there was a knock on the door, and Tong’s appearance changed.
He was dressed in a blue and white striped suit, with his loose black hair tied up with a white rope. A strand of black hair fell down and covered his right eye. His cute look was gone, and he looked heroic. At this moment, he was staring at the two people in the room with a smile.
What attracted Huang was not her transformation, but the forehead protector on her forehead.
“You became a ninja?”
Huang asked softly.
Before I knew it, the little loli who used to follow behind me has now become a ninja.
“kindness!”
“Grandpa Ikuma.”
Uchiha Hitomi nodded heavily, his mouth curved to reveal a small canine tooth.
“Come on, Xiaotong, sit down quickly, the food is getting cold.”
Jujian greeted Tong and blinked his small eyes slightly, as if to take credit from her.
Uchiha Hitomi smiled and sat obediently next to Grandpa Iruma, facing Huang.
Meng, who was beside Huang, seemed a little jealous and snorted heavily.
While eating, Tong would secretly look up at Huang from time to time, with an inexplicable smile in her eyes.
Huang pretended not to see it and finished the meal in silence.
Meng, who was standing next to him, was so angry that he couldn’t even enjoy his meal.
Chapter 022 Make money! (Old version)
After dinner, Huang planned to stay to wash the dishes, but Tong pushed him away with a smile and said, “Help grandpa go back.”
This seems to be my home!
Why is this girl like this?
Finally, Huang sent Grandpa Iruma back home. When he returned home, he saw Tong looking at the Kusanagi sword hanging on the wall.
Because the scabbard of the Kusanagi sword was damaged, Huang left it at home while eating. He was just a few steps away from the old man and did not take it with him.
“Why? I want it!”
Huang said with a smile that he got this sword from Orochimaru, and he hasn’t gotten a suitable scabbard for it yet. The tattered-looking scabbard really affects its appearance.
“Well, but I don’t want yours. I’m going to make one for myself!”
“You just graduated this year, where did you get the money?”
Huang rolled his eyes. This girl really thought that ninja tools were simple.
An ordinary detonating talisman costs at least several dozen kilograms of pork, while a more powerful detonating talisman can cost up to five figures.
This is a one-time thing. If you want to make an ordinary ninja sword, it will cost at least 100,000, and the quality may not be guaranteed.
Generally, a ninja sword worth around one million is of good strength and quality.
Good equipment is bought with money.
It is said that the ancestral ninja sword that Huang used to fight head-on with the beheading sword cost three million taels to make.
In the battle with the Jonin, it couldn’t withstand the collapse and shattered.
For ordinary mid-level and low-level ninjas, ninja tools worth around one million are usually enough to deal with them.
But most of the Chunins and Genins are only equipped with some shurikens and kunai, and there are very few Genins who are equipped with explosive tags.
Apart from not knowing how to use swords, the price of swords is the main reason for people to give up.
“I’ve done dozens of missions! And a few C-rank missions.”
Tong said with eyes wide open, solemnly responding to Huang’s question.
“With whom?”
“spring……”
“Uchiha Izumi? You two?”
Huang asked again, trying to recall who Uchiha Izumi was.
I can’t remember it at all. I have never seen it before, but it feels very familiar.
“I’m going to the ninja tool shop, do you want to come with me?”
Huang asked.
“Go, go! I also want to buy a sword!”
Tong jumped up excitedly and was even more active than Huang.
“I remember you don’t like swords!”
Huang touched his chin and thought that he had never felt that this girl had the idea of ​​learning swordsmanship before.
Carrying the Kusanagi sword, Huang came to a shop in the Uchiha base.
The shop owner is a tall young man who specializes in Uchiha’s ninja weapons.
Huang looked inside suspiciously and asked, “Where is the original boss?”
The young man raised his head and looked at him, then said unhappily, “Dead.”
“I want to customize something, can the store still make it?”
Huang asked, the person who ran the ninja tool shop at the time was a middle-aged uncle, and the neighbors called him Laotie.
“Sure, what do you want to make? Different materials have different prices. You can bring your own materials and I will charge you for the labor.”
The young man asked, and then explained the rules of the store.
“A scabbard that can hold this sword.”
Huang handed over the Kusanagi sword, and the young man’s eyes lit up when he saw the Kusanagi sword.
He carefully took the scabbard with both hands, grasped the handle with his right hand, and slowly pulled it out.
The movement was like that of a sloth, slow and cautious.
“What a great sword! It’s as sharp as a divine weapon!”
“Have you seen the artifact?”
Huang couldn’t help but laugh when he saw him like this.
“Of course, the sacred artifact Flame Fan passed down by the Uchiha was once kept by my ancestors. But it was lost in the early days of the establishment of Konoha Village.”
The young man said confidently.
“Are you sure you can make a scabbard like this? Just tell me how much it will cost.”
“For a weapon of this level, the accessories alone cost a lot. Although the scabbard does not need any special materials to introduce chakra, it still needs to fit the weapon properly and not cause wear and tear on the weapon, which requires a lot of effort…”
“Just tell me how much!”
“Hehe, seeing as you have such a good sword, you must be very powerful. I have never seen you in the family before. My name is Uchiha Jin. Where did you get this treasure?”
Huang was speechless and wondered why this blacksmith was so long-winded.
“More than 30 million, there is no upper limit.”
When Uchiha Jin saw Huang’s attitude, he put away the smile on his face and spoke in a serious tone.
“What? Thirty million?”
“That’s right, thirty million is still not enough. This sword is too sharp, so we must use some reinforced materials. It’s not as expensive as the materials that conduct chakra, but the amount used is not small. At least the inside of the scabbard must be fully coated with a layer of it.”
Huang’s face darkened. He might only have about one tenth of his savings.
Tong who was standing by suddenly came over and asked, “Brother Huang, is it because you don’t have enough money? I can give you some.”
Girl, even if I sell you I still can’t get 30 million, how are you going to get it?
“Enough! Of course it’s not enough! I’ll come back to make them after a while… I’ll customize two knives for you in advance, each one will cost about one million…”
Huang Chongtong said this, then moved in front of Uchiha Jin and told him the requirements of the knife.
“No problem, the deposit is one million.”
After Jin recorded Huang’s request, he spread out his hands and said.
The sword-patterned purse is too small to fit so much money in it.
Huang took out a stack of money from his pocket, counted it over and over again, and finally handed it over reluctantly.
Once you give the money to someone, it no longer belongs to him.
At this moment, I felt poor because all my savings for marrying a wife were spent.
“Another Genin suit!”
Huang suddenly shouted, his voice even louder than when he took out one million just now.
“One hundred thousand! And a ninja tool bag as a gift.”
Uchiha Jin took out a ninja tool bag from the cabinet and put it on the counter.
“Brother Huang, I have money…”
Uchiha Hitomi on the side said weakly that it was the first time that Brother Huang gave her a gift, and she was very excited.
Seeing that Brother Huang didn’t have enough money, I wanted it deep down, but I didn’t want to make things difficult for my brother.
The conflicted heart at this moment made her face flush red.
If you want to become stronger, you always need money and time.
Dharma, wealth, companions and place are the core of practice, and this will not change because of changes in the world.
Create happiness with your heart, if you don’t have money, just play with it.
Why practice if you can’t even afford a sword?
Make money!
Huang’s mind is now full of this thought.
If you just move bricks step by step, it will take at least three to five years to complete the task.
“As expected, you still have to kill monsters to gain experience quickly…”
The so-called “killing monsters” naturally means killing people!
It’s not enough to kill ordinary people, you have to kill those who are above the level of Jonin.
Chapter 023: No more BB, just start fighting! (Old version)
Under the scorching sun, outside the Konoha Village.
Huang closed his eyes and walked quietly on a path.
Without sight, he could clearly sense what was ahead.
This was a secondary ability that came with his mastery of the space-related skills and domains. Compared to this, anything like locating by sound was child’s play.
“Two groups of people are following us. One of them is a familiar guy, he should be from the family. The other three… look a bit strange. Are they ninjas sent by the third generation?”
A few followers discovered Huang when he went out.
Huang has been considering whether to kill these guys to gain some experience.
Finally, I decided to give up this idea.
Only by casting a long line can you catch the big fish. Killing these tails will directly block the way to negotiate with the leaders of the two forces.
Not cost-effective.
Huang is short of money and urgently needs a way to make money. It would be even better if someone gave him money.
“Forget it, let’s find a sunny place to swing the knife.”
With this thought in mind, Huang followed the forest path to a large canyon.
The Valley of the End!
A tourist destination jointly created by Hashirama Senju and Madara Uchiha.
Konoha Village also built statues of the First Generation and Uchiha Madara here.
It is quite a distance away from Konoha Village, so not many people come here to travel.
Most people regard it as a place of commemoration.
Huang covered the soles of his feet with chakra and, after a few jumps, climbed onto the top of the stone statue of Uchiha Madara.
The eyes that had been closed since leaving the house suddenly opened at this moment and shouted to the front:
“Oh my god, fuck you!”
Five years!
Five years of caution!
After having the ability to protect himself, Huang is finally qualified to vent.
Thinking back to when he first traveled through time, Huang was very frightened when he knew that he had become a member of the Uchiha clan.
Because he knew that the Uchiha clan would be exterminated in the end!
This feeling of being weak and having to wait to die is really bad!
Fortunately, the situation has changed dramatically now!
Even if the Uchiha clan cannot escape the fate of being exterminated in the end, Huang is confident that he can stay out of it!
At this moment, Huang’s state of mind underwent a fundamental change!
This change led to another fact: Huang’s Sharingan was upgraded from two magatama to three magatama!
When three magatama appeared in Huang’s eyes, a wonderful feeling arose in his heart: no one can stop his rise, Uchiha Huang!
The transformation from the two-magatama to the three-magatama Sharingan is not as qualitatively different from the three-magatama to the Mangekyō.
But it is a point recognized by the Uchiha that the three-magatama Sharingan can theoretically possess the strength of a jonin.
Copy, illusion amplification and rebound, dynamic vision…
These abilities can be exerted at their greatest power when using the Three Magatama Sharingan.
With these three things put together, even a ninja with the least talent can have considerable strength.
This is the reason why the Uchiha clan is known as the largest clan in the ninja world.
The confidence or…arrogance of daring to challenge Konoha Village.
The three magatama in his eyes disappeared, and Huang’s heart gradually calmed down.
“Follow me for a long time, then I will play with you too.”
Huang suddenly showed some interest in the follower, just like a cat has towards a mouse.
“The three ANBU are closest to me, that’s you guys.”
Huang, who was standing above Uchiha, suddenly moved, walked into the blind spot of surveillance, and approached the three ninjas hiding in the dark at an extremely fast speed.
The ANBU ninja who was closely monitoring suddenly said:
“Captain, the target has disappeared!”
“Disappeared? Gone! What happened? This mission is really not easy!”
After hearing the report from his subordinates, the captain of the Anbu team’s face changed, and he immediately notified two team members to look for the target’s movements.
But when the three of them looked around, they didn’t see any shadow.
“Where did he go? How come I didn’t notice him at all! What speed!? What’s going on?!”
The Anbu captain showed a hint of surprise and took his subordinates to look for Huang’s trace.
At first, I was surprised to hear that the Hokage’s mission was to monitor an Uchiha Chunin.
Apart from the Uchiha clan leader, who else is worthy of an ANBU team to monitor?
The captains of Anbu teams are basically all jonin, and their subordinates are at least special jonin, with a small number being elite chuunin.
Due to the importance they attached to the mission given by Lord Hokage, the three of them never relaxed for even a moment, and they never expected that failure would occur!
“Haven’t found it yet?”
Suddenly a doubtful voice came from behind them.
“No!”
The ANBU captain answered subconsciously.
Suddenly feeling that the voice was wrong, it was not the voice of his teammate, the ANBU captain turned around quickly.
“Then keep looking…” A playful smile appeared on Huang’s lips.
The ANBU captain stepped back and prepared to attack, but his subordinates suddenly said:
“We are the Konoha Anbu, and we just happened to be passing through on a mission.”
“Just by chance?”
Huang Wan looked at this Anbu and found an excuse very quickly.
The Anbu felt uneasy when he was looked at by him, and was under tremendous pressure, as if the man in front of him was an evil spirit.
“Water Style: Water Dragon Bullet Technique!”
While they were talking, another ANBU appeared on the lakeshore using the technique of instant body movement.
With the blessing of the lake water, the water dragon bomb is nearly five meters long and wide, and is extremely powerful.
No more nonsense, just start fighting.
The smile on Huang’s face became even more intense, as he was worried that he would not have the chance to take action.
I thought that after I played tricks on them, they would go back and tell their parents, which would give me another headache.
They acted first, which was exactly what Huang wanted, and he avoided any worries.
Dealing with the Third Hokage is troublesome.
Huang didn’t want to have too deep a deal with the Third Hokage, as this guy only knew how to brainwash others with the Will of Fire.
Huang swung his sword instantly and slashed forward.
The water dragon bullet brushed past his clothes and flew past his wing, and his three-magatama Sharingan opened unconsciously.
In the instant that the naked eye could not react, Huang swung out two swords.
The Anbu captain didn’t react, and found an “X” shaped scar on his chest.
The knife mark was not deep, it just happened to cut through the white armor and lining clothes, and injured the skin.
At this time, the wound was bleeding continuously, and soon the white nail was dyed red.
“Go back! Tell your superiors not to send anyone here. Next time it won’t just be an “X”.”
Huang spoke softly, but his tone suddenly became cold and murderous.
The clever ANBU shuddered all over and forgot to help his captain.
The Anbu who performed the ninjutsu returned to the side and walked in front of the captain without saying a word.
The expressions of the people could not be seen clearly through the gray cat-faced masks, but the sweat dripping down their necks and their trembling arms revealed their fear.
At that moment, they felt the distance of death.
Just one step away.
Chapter 024 Huang who holds a grudge! (Old version)
“Thank you for not killing me.”
After the Anbu captain was helped away by a subordinate, the remaining Anbu came over and saluted Huang.
Huang looked at him curiously and said with a smile: “You are quite interesting, what’s your name?”
“Goodbye!”
The Anbu uttered a word, without answering or removing his mask, and disappeared with a flash of his body.
Have personality!
After watching several Anbu leave, Huang turned around, opened his three-magatama Sharingan and looked towards a location on the rock wall.
Where the family watcher is located.
“If you are not an Uchiha, you can die.”
“Don’t get me wrong, my name is Uchiha Doma, and the clan leader wants you to come over to discuss something! I came to you on orders, and I didn’t see anything.”
Uchiha Doma spread his hands and walked out from the shadow of the rock wall.
The scene he just witnessed shattered his understanding of swordsmanship.
If they were someone from another family, they would still have a chance of winning if they encountered such an opponent.
But when Huang showed his three-magatama Sharingan, he immediately knew that he had no chance.
So, he walked out obediently and surrendered to Huang.
“The clan leader is looking for me? Lead the way!”
Huang put away the knife, he knew that the guy who was going to deliver the money was here.
The center of the Uchiha base.
Uchiha Doma walked in front, and Huang followed behind him, looking around as if nothing had happened.
The pine trees extend all the way up along a four-meter-wide stone staircase, with no end in sight.
Some unknown flowers and plants bloomed under the pine trees.
The steps are smooth without a single fallen leaf, and the huge bluestone slabs are connected together, revealing a heavy sense of history.
After walking up the stone steps, a tall mahogany gate appeared in front of us. Behind the gate was a huge open space with several small houses around it.
Directly in front of us is a wooden building on stilts with four or five stone steps at the gate.
There was a huge Uchiha clan emblem painted above the doorway.
“Is this the Uchiha temple where they commemorate their ancestors? It’s much more luxurious than where I live. The guys who can live here are all high-ranking members of the family!”
Huang murmured that the place where the dead live is better than the place where the living live.
There are people who clean and offer sacrifices on time every day.
The entire public housing estate is not as big as this yard, not to mention the hill that is designated as the center.
After entering the ancestral hall, Huang discovered that he was not alone.
Dozens of tribesmen were already sitting in the lobby.
Huang glanced at Uchiha Doma and found that this guy had already shrunk into the crowd and sat down.
Just now, when he said that Fugaku summoned him, it must be a lie. Whose orders did he follow? The Uchiha high-level officials? Or Konoha?
Deception or betrayal?
What Huang hates most are liars and traitors!
The corrupt Uchiha high-ranking officials were the culprits who led the ordinary members of the clan to their destruction.
Huang is very vengeful!
“one.”
Doma’s name was crossed out.
Taking a quick glance at the lobby, there were at least forty or fifty people.
In just a moment, several unfriendly glances swept across.
Huang was standing at the door and was a bit conspicuous, so he walked to the corner and sat down on the ground.
“Huh? Trash…”
Just as I sat down, I heard a contemptuous voice beside me.
“Get away from me! Don’t sit with me! You useless thing.”
A man in a black robe and windbreaker, with a hedgehog-like hairstyle and a scar that spanned half of his face, was looking at Huang with disdain.
Huang ignored him, and the man became so angry that his face turned red.
This man also held a long knife in his hand.
Is he a swordsman?
no.
Just a ninja who knows swordsmanship.
In this world, only a few swordsmen remain among the samurai.
Ninjas are tools whose main purpose is to complete missions.
Huang sat there silently, taking off the Kusanagi sword and resting it on his shoulder.
He silently said, “Two.”
The corrupt Uchiha always needs blood to change!
Huang noticed from the corner of his eye that Uchiha Doma said something to a tribe member next to him, and then the tribe member quickly ran outside.
Just when Huang was considering whether to follow him out, the person in front of him suddenly turned around and said.
“Brother, don’t mind it. Many guys in the tribe have bad tempers. Don’t take it personally.”
It was only then that Huang discovered that there was a fat man sitting in front of him.
This guy squeezed all his flesh into a ball with his special black armor, which looked very uncomfortable. He then covered it with a windbreaker and successfully deceived everyone present.
The fat man with big ears turned his head, revealing his true face.
And this fat guy was the only one around him.
“Are you from the Akimichi family?”
Huang wondered.
This is the Uchiha gathering, how come someone from the Akimichi family got in?
“Nonsense, I’m an Uchiha T^T!”
The fat man argued.
While the two were talking, many of the tribesmen cast contemptuous glances at them.
The fat man seemed to be immune to these looks. He smiled and said to Huang: “From the looks of you, you are not popular either.”
“You came in behind that bastard Doma, and no one greeted you afterwards. People who sit in a corner like this are all the same. My name is Uchiha Madoka, and I belong to the intelligence department.”
“Intelligence department? The family has an intelligence department?”
Huang asked. He had always been on the periphery of the family and this was his first time entering the family center. He didn’t know anyone here and didn’t know many inside stories.
“Yes, you don’t know? They haven’t summoned their spirit beasts yet, and I don’t know how they do things. The family’s jonin should have a ninja cat to transmit information.”
The fat man muttered that he didn’t expect that there would be people who didn’t have a Ninja Cat summoning beast when they entered here for the meeting.
Seeing this, Huang smiled without saying anything, revealing a sense of mystery.
“Then don’t talk nonsense later. Recently, the tribesmen are increasingly dissatisfied with the village and may take some action soon. You are still so young, don’t get picked!”
“Win? What do you win?”
Huang asked with a flash of his eyes.
This fat guy from the intelligence department knows a lot of inside information.
“I’m not sure. The clan lost a lot of members in a mission some time ago. The clan leader might be planning to challenge the Third Hokage. Anyway, I think the chances of winning against the village are slim. If the stalemate continues, it will sooner or later lead to a bigger conflict.”
“Shut up, Fatty!”
Suddenly a loud shout was heard, and a tribesman in front of the fat man suddenly stood up and beat the round fat man.
Huang’s expression remained unchanged. He shook his hand and the hilt of the sword flew out to block the fist. Half of the sword blade was still in the scabbard.
“It is very rude to interrupt someone when they are talking.”
Huang warned coldly.
He could tell that the fat man in front of him should be one of the extremely rare Uchiha people with rational thinking.
He is so fat but he is still a jonin, he must have some skills.
Well, it’s a gut feeling.
Chapter 025 The Good Show Starts (Old Version)
“Misunderstanding, misunderstanding! I said the wrong thing, sorry, sorry!”
The fat guy said awkwardly at the side, easing the stiff atmosphere. This guy did not have the arrogance of Uchiha at all, and revealed a sense of smoothness.
The man who did it looked at Huang deeply, snorted coldly, and turned away.
After the situation calmed down, the fat man came to Huang and whispered, “One of his brothers died in the last accident. Now he has opened the Three Magatama Sharingan. Don’t offend him.”
The fat guy is afraid that he will suffer a loss. There are many Uchiha jonins, but the jonins who can truly open the three-magatama Sharingan are extremely rare and very powerful.
Each of them is the pillar of the family.
Most of the tribesmen have one or two magatama.
There are still many ordinary tribesmen who have not opened their eyes.
“It doesn’t matter.”
Huang laughed softly, not taking the guy seriously.
“The third one.”
There are three targets, three extreme representatives of Uchiha, who are just the right people to display their strength.
Huang doesn’t want to stir up the nerves of the village and stimulate the village to take action against Uchiha for the time being, but he must show his strength in order to be valued by the upper class.
People need to have a certain level of importance before they are not easily sacrificed.
Being in the same team with Shisui, Huang feels completely insecure.
He needed to become a jonin as soon as possible, even a special jonin, and leave Shisui’s team.
It was the village’s duty to arrange for the Jonin. Killing the Root was easy to explain, but they couldn’t take action against the Anbu, at least not for the time being.
In comparison, we can only find a few short-sighted guys from the Uchiha high-level officials to serve as sacrifices.
These three people were unlucky enough to be chosen by Huang.
The fat man sneered and said nothing more. Every member of the Uchiha clan was very arrogant. He thought that Huang was such a fool. It was just a dream to want to get back at the hands of a clan member with three magatama Sharingan.
In his opinion, how could a little guy who had just been promoted to a jonin fight against a veteran jonin, not to mention that this jonin had also opened the three-magatama Sharingan.
No one knows the horror of the Three-Magome Sharingan better than the Uchiha clan.
Huang didn’t know what the fat man was thinking, and even if he knew, he wouldn’t care. If he had the Mangekyō he would still be a little afraid, but he was not afraid of an ordinary Uchiha clan member with three magatama Sharingan.
It’s just so inflated.
I was worried about having no place to gain experience, so I just killed as many people as they came.
Several more tribesmen came in one after another, and the empty seat next to Huang was filled.
No one talked to him, and Huang was too lazy to speak. He held the Kusanagi sword and closed his eyes to rest.
After a while, the noisy lobby suddenly became quiet. Huang opened his eyes and saw that it was Uchiha Fugaku who walked in, followed by several people, mostly middle-aged people, including two old men.
They are all Uchiha high-ranking officials.
Uchiha Fugaku walked to the main stage with a stern face. Several senior executives sat down in the front row behind him.
The clan meeting finally began.
From the moment Uchiha Fugaku walked into the ancestral hall, the entire hall instantly became quiet.
All those who attended this rally were Uchiha elites.
Play an important position in the family.
The lowest member of the tribe is also a special jonin.
If someone raids here, they can capture all the Uchiha elites in one fell swoop.
The prerequisite is to be able to deal with dozens of jonin and face a large number of Sharingan owners.
The only ones who can truly wipe out the enemy clan without causing any harm are the Uchiha’s own people.
If Uchiha Itachi did not take action, but let the Uchiha Jonin fight the Anbu.
The Sharingan’s illusion can be used to deal with invisibility in the later stages, but if it is actually used in war, its effect will be infinitely magnified.
Among a large group of Uchiha, there is always one who catches your eye.
If the illusion makes people lose focus for a second, the ending will be rewritten.
The Sharingan’s illusion resistance and illusion rebound make it invincible in illusion battles.
Without the intervention of a Kage-level figure, it would be no surprise that the Anbu would be crushed, let alone victory.
Uchiha Fugaku stood on the stage, glanced at the clan members sitting quietly below, and a hint of disappointment flashed in his eyes.
“Shisui didn’t attend the rally again?”
Since the second secret gathering of Jonin, Uchiha Shisui has never appeared again.
Some people in the family’s upper echelons have begun to have problems with Shisui.
Due to Shisui’s strength, he did not attack directly, but all the pressure was put on Uchiha Fugaku.
Uchiha Fugaku’s gaze fell on a corner of the lobby, his pupils shrank slightly. Why is this guy here?
Huang noticed that Uchiha Fugaku’s gaze stayed on him, and a polite and graceful smile appeared on his face.
“Last time, the family sent five teams to carry out the mission while collecting intelligence on Orochimaru. On the way back, they were ambushed by the Anbu. The village has crossed the bottom line! In the days to come, the Uchiha will become more difficult. Now the Uchiha faces two choices…”
Uchiha Fugaku recounted the recent major events of the family.
When he mentioned the ambush by the Anbu, his expression was calm and his words were filled with murderous intent.
“First, compromise with the village, admit responsibility for the Nine-Tails incident, and at the same time hand over the work to the Konoha Police Department, lift the family ban, hand over the records of forbidden techniques and ninjutsu… Finally, disband the family like the first generation did…”
A series of servile words gradually angered these arrogant guys off the court.
The tribesmen in the hall were so enraged by these words that their faces turned red and they wanted to rush into the village and start killing people.
Seeing that everyone’s emotions had almost reached the target, several high-level officials below nodded slightly. Uchiha Fugaku suddenly changed his tone and said:
“Second, resist! The proud Uchiha will never compromise. The whole village is ostracizing us. Let them know the power of the Uchiha. They haven’t felt the terror of the Sharingan for too long. Let them forget themselves… and underestimate the fate of the Uchiha!”
Huang listened to Uchiha Fugaku’s words and couldn’t help but sigh that he was indeed an excellent leader who could reasonably arouse the anger of the clan members and constantly increase the cohesion of the family through external forces.
If Uchiha didn’t have so many traitors under his command, he might have had a chance to turn the tables.
“Unfortunately, the three strongest people in the family did not stand on his side. He believed in his people, but they did not completely believe in him.”
Shisui, Obito, Itachi…
Uchiha Fugaku proposed a plan specifically for a counterattack against Konoha’s actions.
Plan to snipe the Anbu of Konoha Village.
From this moment on, the friction between the two sides gradually escalated from verbal friction to private armed struggle.
And two years later, the friction entered a white-hot stage, forcing the village to make a plan to kill the Uchiha.
The trigger: the death of Uchiha Shisui.
Now, Huang finally understood what the fat man’s reminder meant.
This competition with the village cannot appear in the open. If the village finds out his identity, he will be hunted down by the Anbu.
There are no weak ones in the Anbu, and without identity intelligence to target, you might run into a tough guy if you’re not careful.
The danger is extremely great.
There are few fools among the Uchiha clan members who can become Jonin, but stimulated by anger, there is an endless stream of clan members signing up.
There is no need for selection at all, it fills up quickly.
The meeting dispersed, and the people around Uchiha Fugaku suddenly walked towards Huang.
“The chief is looking for you, follow me.”
Huang sneered, and the show began.
Chapter 026 Death is here to take people away! (Old version)
Huang followed this man, walked out of the ancestral hall, turned right, and came to an alley.
A secret door opened, and when the door was pushed open, Uchiha Fugaku was sitting in the main hall.
“I didn’t expect you to come here in person.”
Uchiha Fugaku’s face was full of smiles. Huang voluntarily attended the clan meeting without notifying anyone, which showed his absolute trust in the family, which made Uchiha Fugaku very pleased.
Huang thought to himself, As expected.
Doma was not instructed by Fugaku.
The person following him might not be Uchiha Fugaku’s subordinate.
“Heh, it seems that the clan leader doesn’t have a very deep grasp of the family!”
Huang sneered.
Who would have thought that both he and Fugaku were plotted against.
Although I don’t know the guy’s specific purpose, it is exactly what Huang thought.
He also wanted to see what Uchiha Fugaku thought.
However, before the conversation, you have to collect some interest first.
Having always been treated differently by the Uchiha, Huang’s dissatisfaction with the Uchiha is greater than that of the entire village.
The village leaders are a threat, the Uchiha leaders are a bully.
They have never taken ordinary people of the tribe seriously.
“What do you mean by that?”
“I will help you solve a problem. After that, we will continue to discuss… a 100 million business.”
Huang showed a meaningful smile and his figure gradually disappeared.
A quarter of an hour later, Huang appeared again.
He was holding a bloody object in his hand.
Uchiha Fugaku’s face changed drastically, his eyes suddenly turned into three-magatama Sharingan, staring at Huang intently, and his two nasolabial folds collapsed deeply.
“What does this mean? If you don’t explain it clearly, stay here!”
The words were full of threats and murderous intent.
All these changes were due to the object Huang was holding in his hand.
A head…
He knew the owner of the head.
Uchiha Doma!
“You are the one who arranged this person to monitor me, right? He told me that you came to see me this time, but you didn’t say that this was a clan meeting.”
Huang shrugged and said, “There’s nothing to be afraid of. Uchiha Fugaku should have the Mangekyō Sharingan by now, and perhaps be able to drive a Gundam Susanoo, but he was confident that Susanoo’s speed was not as fast as his.”
Susanoo is known as the strongest defense.
It’s not the fastest speed.
Being bulky is theoretically the biggest weakness of the incomplete Susanoo.
Doma gave him 10,000 sword-swinging experiences and a pair of three-magatama Sharingan.
Now I have to exchange it for 10 million.
“If you really want to launch a coup, you’d better deal with the discordant voices in the family first! I can do this for you. This head is the first deal, and the price is 10 million!”
Huang’s cold voice reached Uchiha Fugaku’s ears, as if he was doing something insignificant.
“coup?”
Hearing this word, something that had never occurred to Fugaku before slowly came to mind.
“Yeah! Everyone else can be Hokage, so why can’t Uchiha!”
Growing up in Konoha Village, who hasn’t dreamed of becoming a Hokage?
Since Senju, Sarutobi, and even Namikaze can become Hokage, why can’t Uchiha?
You know, Uchiha Madara almost became the first Hokage back then.
Uchiha Fugaku’s eyes became brighter and brighter, and finally he burst into laughter.
“Godaime Hokage, it’s time for the Uchiha to take the reins! Itachi, in the future he will not only be the perfect clan leader, but also the most perfect Hokage!”
Fugaku muttered, the image of Itachi in his mind gradually overlapping with the Hokage’s divine robe.
Everything is so perfect!
“One hundred million, deal!”
Uchiha Fugaku waved his hand and directly met Huang’s request.
He didn’t seem to care about the 100 million at all and acted as if he had no shortage of money.
Is it great to be rich?
Huang felt a strong sense of malice.
“Ten million is the compensation for this time, and the remaining ninety million is an advance payment.” Uchiha Fugaku explained.
In Fugaku’s opinion, if Itachi could become Hokage, Kirara would be the best assistant to Hokage.
There are many people in the entire family who pose a threat to Itachi, and he has his own plans for arranging Itachi to study under Shisui.
Fugaku had previously fought against the village only to change the situation of the Uchiha clan.
But now, he decided to launch a coup, and the Uchiha family officially transformed from small-scale protests to armed resistance.
The slight worry in Uchiha Fugaku’s heart was overwhelmed by his desire to see his son become successful.
Itachi, as the eldest son, occupies a very important position in Fugaku’s eyes, and Sasuke is second.
Don’t think that the Hyuga family is the only one that values ​​the eldest son and grandson. In fact, other big families also have similar traditions, but they are not implemented as thoroughly as the Hyuga family.
Fugaku spent a lot of effort to raise the Uchiha genius, who was strictly trained since childhood and sent to the battlefield at the age of four.
Even when Itachi was trying to exterminate his clan, Fugaku chose to sit back and wait for death.
From this, we can see how important Itachi is in Fugaku’s heart.
In Fugaku’s opinion, only Hokage is suitable for Itachi’s position.
Fugaku is now old, and what he cares about is his son’s future development and the future situation of the family.
He believed that Itachi was an excellent leader.
A flap of a butterfly’s wings can cause a storm thousands of miles away.
Huang didn’t know that he had intensified the confrontation between the village and the family.
Before Itachi was promoted to jonin and joined the Anbu, Uchiha took the lead in planning a coup.
Instead of being like in the original novel, where the village presses on and gradually embarks on the path of a coup.
Huang was very happy to get the 100 million, but the work was not done yet.
This money is hot in my hands.
There are three numbers, and two have not been completed yet.
“Take one of the remaining two as a stepping stone to see what resources the Sandaime can provide! At the same time, test your own strength! How hard can you chop wood…”
This was Huang’s first attempt, and he didn’t expect Uchiha Fugaku to be so generous.
The attitude of the third generation will determine Huang’s direction.
Can the Sandaime offer a bigger stake than 100 million?
Whoever has the bigger bargaining chip will help kill people.
Killing people is physical work, but it’s okay as long as the pay is right.
If you were going to die, how would you choose to die?
The god of death is here to take people away.
Next to the hot spring house, there is a happy place. Scarface has just finished taking a shower. He is holding a bunch of things in his hands and is greeting the girl next to the shop with a smile.
“Uncle, come and play! Ah! Ah!!!”
“Murder!”
The beautiful girl had just greeted Scarface when she suddenly saw his head flying up and blood splattered all over her. She screamed in fright.
One shout triggered countless chain reactions, and I don’t know how many people lost everything at this moment.
Countless shouts and curses were heard upstairs, followed by the sobbing of a woman. Some men in messy kimonos walked downstairs and saw a headless corpse lying quietly at the door.
A terrified woman was standing next to him.
“Pah!”
“Wake up! What’s going on? Who is he?”
A middle-aged man reacted quickly, walked up to the frightened woman, patted her face and asked.
The silly woman just kept repeating “murder, murder”.
In the most comfortable place, people’s alertness will be reduced to the lowest level.
Even the most battle-hardened ninjas are no exception.
What’s more, they are ordinary people.
No one knew exactly what happened outside the house just now.
The woman who witnessed all this was terrified, and the identity of the headless body is currently unknown.
After taking care of two, there is one left.
Death, continue to recruit people online.
Chapter 027: That’s how it is! (Old version)
“The quality of this red-light district is terrible. It’s like a nightmare!”
Huang felt it was an eyesore. Those women were wearing kimonos and had ghostly makeup on their faces.
“These people are so annoying. They covet my beauty.”
At this moment, facing countless flirtatious glances, Huang felt for the first time the trouble of being too handsome.
During the mission, his handsome appearance was too eye-catching, so Huang bought a fox mask with a white background and red patterns from a shop. Only then did he feel that those naked temptations disappeared.
The last target was on duty in the Uchiha Police Department, the captain of the police department. At night, the Konoha Police Department was changing shifts. There were a total of six teams, and each of the three teams had a squad leader.
One of them is the squad leader who is about to take over and Huang’s target.
There is an open space around the Police Department.
A solitary figure, picking up an object, strolls on the deserted street.
He was dressed in white, with two swords, one long and one short, on his waist, a white fox mask, and long flowing hair.
Strolling leisurely in the garden, every gesture reveals an endless free and easy mood.
The long sword had not yet been used, but it naturally exuded a murderous aura.
The white clothes are as white as snow, which is particularly dazzling at night.
Just wear white clothes and look handsome.
Concealment is not a factor to be taken into consideration.
It’s just so wild!
“Nonessential personnel near the police department, please leave immediately!”
A loud shout rang out in the empty space. The sound spread quickly, but not faster than the flash of light.
The waning moon shone on the reflection of the silver blade, which was stained with a touch of blood.
The squad leader who spoke and his two companions fell to the ground at the same time, lifeless.
After a few breaths, the blood gradually dyed the green vest red.
Death is coming!
In an instant, more than a dozen ninjas appeared and the atmosphere gradually became depressing.
Everyone was on high alert, as if they were facing a formidable enemy!
“Who are you?”
The captain of the police department, Uchiha Luo, looked at the mysterious man in front of him warily.
This guy took out a squad leader and two Chunins directly, but his behavior didn’t seem like that of a master.
Ninjas are good at stealth and assassination, so this kind of high-profile style…
“warrior?”
There was no reply. From the appearance and dress of the person in front of him, Uchiharo thought of a profession that had long disappeared from this era.
Only in the Iron Kingdom is there a trace of samurai heritage left.
“Wind Style: Great Breakthrough!”
Uchiharo used his best ninjutsu and exploded instantly.
The violent gale attacked indiscriminately, temporarily pausing Huang’s offensive.
“Killing someone in front of a group of Uchiha is still too much effort.”
Huang sighed inwardly. Both sides had three magatama, so there was not much difference between simple physical techniques and illusion techniques.
Apart from the level suppression of the Mangekyo, the victory or defeat between the three magatama depends entirely on the comprehensive abilities of both sides.
Huang is stronger than him, and with the support of the system buff, he crushes everyone in terms of speed.
But there are more than ten Uchiha, seven or eight pairs of Sharingan…
“Uchiha!”
Seeing a pair of familiar eyes, Uchiha Luo was shocked and angry, and felt a strong sense of humiliation!
This is betrayal!
Uchiha!
The assassin turned out to be Uchiha!
The Uchiha clan members watched helplessly as the masked man left.
Alone, he broke into the police department, took the squad leader’s life and took the property.
“When did such a strong man appear in the family? Why would he attack his own people?”
Uchiha Luo’s mind was full of doubts.
The sudden appearance of the mysterious man instantly disrupted the entire Uchiha plan.
Something that made the Uchiha very angry and the Konoha Village very happy was quietly fermenting in the village.
The arrogant Uchiha was attacked at the front gate and three of his men were killed in front of everyone. This was a great humiliation that had never happened to the Uchiha before.
Uchiha Fugaku listened quietly to his subordinates’ report. When he heard that the attacker was a member of the Uchiha clan, he was not surprised and calmly let his subordinates leave.
“Itachi, what do you think?”
Fugaku asked softly as Itachi emerged from the shadows.
He was listening when the Uchiha clan members were reporting just now.
“Father, do you know who that man is?”
Itachi obviously noticed that his father’s attitude was wrong. Although Fugaku always gave people a kind appearance, Itachi knew that his father’s dedication to the family was deeply engraved in his bones.
He would not allow others to trample on the dignity of the Uchiha.
“I do know, and with his help, I release a smoke bomb.”
Fugaku smiled, he was very pleased that his son was so smart.
Whether it is training or strategy, the talent displayed by Uchiha Itachi is rare in a century.
“Father plans to plant a spy in the village?”
Itachi guessed.
“This is one of the points. The village is too wary of the unity of our Uchiha family, so it is very necessary for an outlier to appear in the family. In this case, I will give them one.”
“Secondly, I am not the only one who has the final say in the family. I have discovered that some people have gone too far recently and need to be punished. This person must have a connection with the village and be a marginal figure in the family.”
“Uchiha Huang? Anyone who can enter father’s sight must be at least an elite jonin… Huang is just a chunin?”
A gleam of light flashed in Uchiha Itachi’s eyes.
He was deeply impressed by Huang.
From the moment he met Kirei, Itachi didn’t think this teammate was anything special.
He has the same arrogance as the other members of the tribe, and always acts as if everyone owes him money.
When I saw Huang for the first time, I felt that he possessed the common character of all Uchiha clan members.
Aloof and arrogant.
But as they spent more time together, some of his subtle and strange behaviors made Itachi gradually get to know the new Kirara.
A maverick who focuses on spiritual practice and is not affected by external things.
Even if it’s just a one-hour break, he would choose to practice physical skills or swordplay for thirty minutes.
The Uchiha’s pride is that after taking a look at all physical skills, ninjutsu, and illusion techniques with the Sharingan, they can become his own. Such a talent of photographic memory is terrifying for anyone.
In addition, the Uchiha clan members have good talents, and the lowest achievement of those who open the Sharingan is Chunin.
Therefore, such hard training has never been seen in anyone with the surname Uchiha.
Huang is an exception.
After hearing this, Uchiha Fugaku smiled but said nothing.
Itachi’s performance made him more determined in his inner thoughts.
Uchiha – there is a successor.
Chapter 028 Don’t Provoke the Other Party (Old Version)
In the Uchiha clan’s territory, a remote residence.
Uchiha Yuan was eating a bag of snacks. There were four or five cats around his feet, rubbing their bodies against his thick legs.
Uchiha Yuan did not disguise himself at this time. He fully exposed his fat and slumped in his seat.
Holding a copy of the latest intelligence in his hand, he threw a piece of dried fish on the ground and said with a smile, “Good job!”
“That brat is so powerful. There aren’t many people in the family who can subdue him! It looks like the relationship with the village can be improved a little.”
Uchiha Yuan looked at the information in his hand and a smile appeared on the corner of his mouth.
Originally I just wanted to take this opportunity to intimidate the tribesmen with bad intentions, but I didn’t expect such an interesting thing to happen.
He underestimated Huang’s ability.
“Go tell Granny Cat that some interesting things have happened in the family recently.”
Uchiha Madoka gave the order, and a white kitten with black spots gave an understanding look upon hearing it, before sprinting out of the room in an instant.
Granny Cat lives in the empty area. Although she doesn’t live with the Uchiha family, she has always been a partner of the Uchiha family, managing the weapon shop and the Ninja Cat Clan for the family.
After the Uchiha were destroyed, most of the ninja cats disappeared.
In the end, only a part of them remained with Grandma Cat.
Uchiha Yuan is responsible for managing intelligence for the family and maintaining contact with Granny Cat.
Many members of the Uchiha clan who are arrogant and proud are in charge of the government.
Therefore, taking care of ninja cats is something that most people cannot do.
Cats never regard humans as their masters.
By comparing various intelligence, Uchiha Yuan clearly knew the huge gap between his family and the village.
The gap in peak combat power is too great.
“Recently, one of the three ninjas has returned, and we need to tell those troublemakers to quiet down.”
Uchiha Yuan looked at the scenery at the horizon and thought about his next plan.
All he could do was to minimize the losses among his tribesmen.
After all, we share the same blood.
After killing the man, Huang threw the head at the village gate and then went straight home to sleep.
Many people recognized the identity of the head, the news spread quickly, and all kinds of speculations emerged.
The next day, when rumors were flying around, he had just gotten up.
A senior ninja suddenly appeared in Huang’s house and asked Huang who was looking in the mirror.
Huang’s face was calm, and he smiled and said, “If you can’t give me a reason to be happy, I will make fun of you!”
Jounin? Only enough for one strike.
There was a smile on his face, but his tone was as cold as ice.
A faint murderous intent emerged.
It was formed by the evil energy that was stained on Huang’s hands.
I used to not believe in this invisible thing, but after someone actually died, a terrifying aura would naturally emerge when I got angry.
As more and more people were killed, the momentum became more and more terrifying.
“All the things that the clan leader has given you are placed outside the door. Please take them yourself.”
The jonin paled, remembering what Uchiha Fugaku had said when he gave him this mission.
“Don’t provoke each other.”
When I first saw a boy of about thirteen or fourteen years old, I looked down on him.
But under this strong murderous aura, he once again re-examined the meaning of the patriarch’s words.
As soon as the words fell, the figure disappeared in an instant.
“The money is in hand!”
Huang came outside and saw many boxes on the aisle.
Uchiha Fugaku fulfilled his promise.
Huang began to fall into the pain of moving and counting money.
More than an hour passed.
After finishing the chores, Huang picked up two large boxes, took a piece of bread from the table, bit it, and went out.
Feeling the constant gazes from all around him, Huang gradually got used to the girls being so obsessed with his beauty that they forgot everything else.
With all his worries gone, Huang walked quickly like the wind and arrived at the family weapons shop.
The boss is still that familiar young man, Uchiha Jin.
“Bang! Bang! Bang!”
Three loud noises shook the entire tabletop.
Uchiha Jin turned around with an angry face and asked, “What are you doing?”
“Custom scabbard!”
Huang put the Kusanagi sword on the table and said loudly.
“No!”
Uchiha Jin also has a temper, and a craftsman should have the dignity of a craftsman.
“That’s enough money.”
“It’s not a question of money, it’s a question of attitude!”
“Besides this, what other questions are there?”
“I am not happy with it.”
“Oh?”
Huang shook his left hand and the hatchet flew out from his waist in an instant.
Gently leaning against Uchiha Jin’s neck.
It was exactly within a millimeter, passing through his layer of hair.
“Now? Any questions?”
“I’ll do it right away!”
A drop of cold sweat fell from Uchiha Jin’s forehead…
Death passed by.
I’ve saved my life, what else can I say?
Konoha Village, Hokage Building.
The Third Hokage quietly looked at a file and murmured, “He may represent a change. There is still a chance for easing tensions between the village and the Uchiha.”
Uchiha Huang’s name was clearly written on the file.
A handsome photo without any beautification effects is pasted on the upper right corner, and below it is a record of all the events that happened to Huang since he entered the Ninja School.
Including various details and evaluations of his mission, no matter how big or small, all are written on it.
The third generation took the bait!
“Report! Lord Hokage, Lord Jiraiya is back.”
An ANBU appeared in the Hokage’s office, reporting that Jiraiya had returned to the village.
“Jiraiya is back! That’s great.”
The Third Hokage has been in a trance since Orochimaru’s defection, and his overall condition has deteriorated significantly.
It was precisely because of the continuous attacks that the Third Hokage’s energy dropped drastically and his control over the village became weaker and weaker.
Danzo’s actions at this time became more frequent, and the Root hidden in the Anbu began to take a series of repressive measures against Uchiha in a fake way.
“The village looks peaceful on the surface, but no one knows what is hidden underneath.”
The Third Hokage no longer had the energy to take care of Konoha’s roots… He could only see this towering tree and protect its apparent stability.
Chapter 029: 80% chance of winning! (Old version)
In Konoha Village, after Huang came out of the weapon shop, he ran into an Anbu.
“Hokage-sama invites you.”
After hearing this, Huang understood what was going on.
The invitation from the Third Hokage has finally arrived.
Without further ado, Huang followed the Anbu and headed for the Hokage Building.
Just arrived at the door of the building, a familiar person was there.
“Itachi?”
How did he end up here?
Someone who is unexpected.
“It seems that we need to reconsider the Third Hokage’s thoughts. According to the development of time, Itachi will be promoted to Jonin by this time next year and successfully join the Anbu…”
Huang carefully recalled the memories of his past life and combined them with recent events.
“Since the death of the Fourth Hokage, Danzo seized the opportunity to frame and betray Orochimaru, eliminating the biggest rival for the Fifth Hokage. He then put pressure on the Uchiha clan, trying to force the Third Hokage to abdicate by using internal strife…”
“According to this development, Danzo will not allow Uchiha to become a member of the Anbu now… So, this incident was initiated by the Third Hokage and caused a butterfly effect by me?”
The thoughts in his mind gradually became clear, and Huang guessed in his heart that the Third Hokage was planning to arrange a position for him.
“Huang, were you also summoned by the Hokage?”
At this time, Itachi also saw Huang’s figure and asked.
“Well, I don’t know what you want us to do.”
Now he is officially still in the same team as Itachi, belonging to the same team of Konoha Police Department.
Shisui hasn’t looked for them recently and hasn’t carried out any missions for a long time.
Under the guidance of the Anbu, Huang and Itachi entered the office of the Third Hokage.
“Twelve ANBU… think so highly of me?”
Huang secretly calculated the dark forces hidden around him.
Twelve ANBU, most of them elite in white, are the Hokage’s guards, a combat-ready force that can initiate a small campaign.
These people are all hiding around the Third Hokage.
The last time I saw the Hokage, there were only six of them.
Now their number has doubled, showing their extreme distrust of the Uchiha.
At this time, a sword-drawing slash might be able to kill a few Anbu, but it would not have any effect on the Third Hokage.
I wonder how many Anbu secretly planned to block the sword for the Sandaime.
Seeing Huang and Itachi coming, the Third Hokage smiled and said, “You are here. I asked you to come here this time to add some burdens to you. Do you have any ideas?”
“Just give your orders, Hokage-sama.”
Itachi answered honestly, after so many years of instruction in the ninja school and several years as a village jonin, Itachi had great respect for the Hokage.
Huang did not say anything, but just waited quietly for the appointment with a cold face.
“The village plans to promote you to special jonin. After a period of study and understanding, you will become official jonin. What do you think? Are you confident?”
The Third Hokage said with a smile.
“have.”
Itachi was still in a daze, and Huang replied.
I was thinking about getting a promotion, so of course I agreed now that he’s here.
Special jonin, which means that one can lead a team to carry out missions alone.
“I will follow the arrangements of Lord Hokage!”
Itachi also said.
An Uchiha clan member who possesses three magatama already possesses the strength of a jonin.
With sufficient chakra, ordinary jonin would be completely helpless against an Uchiha with three magatama Sharingan.
See through physical techniques, copy ninjutsu, and rebound illusion techniques.
The role of bloodline occupies a dominant position in this world.
“I have decided to make Huang a special jonin and carry out various missions issued by the village.”
“As for Itachi, stay with Kirara for the time being. When you reach the standard of seniority of a jonin, we will assign you specific positions.”
The Third Hokage put Itachi and Kirei in the same team.
Itachi is currently ten years old. Like Kira, he became a Chunin this year, but he has completed more missions than Kira.
Originally, Itachi should have been the captain based on his seniority, but he was the son of Uchiha Fugaku and did not show any favoritism to the Third Hokage.
Therefore, the Third Hokage arranged him to be Huang’s deputy, and the two formed a team.
If it weren’t for Uchiha Fugaku’s request, the Third Hokage would not have arranged Itachi’s position at this time.
Just after arranging the appointments for two people, a man suddenly broke in.
“Old man, long time no see!”
A middle-aged man with white hair, dressed strangely, with a big oil-written word on his forehead.
“You are still like this, kid. You are so dishonest all the time! What are you doing back this time? You can’t just come to see an old man like me!”
When the Third Hokage saw his beloved disciple Jiraiya, he could no longer suppress the smile on his face.
The pressure on his body relaxed a little and he ignored Huang and the other person standing in front of him.
At this time, Huang was also looking at one of the three ninjas in front of him.
Judging from the combat power of ninjutsu, Jiraiya should be the most comprehensive one, and his fairy techniques crush ordinary ninjutsu in terms of quality.
The Toad Summoning Beast can also use swordsmanship, which is rare in the entire Naruto world.
“Of course I came to see you!”
Jiraiya said with a smile.
“Now that you’re back, I can step down now, Jiraiya… When Minato left, you should have come back…”
The Third Hokage spoke in a slow voice, and for the first time he looked exhausted in front of others.
Jiraiya panicked and said, “I can’t be the Hokage with my personality. I can’t bear it. You can ask Tsunade to come! I came back this time, not only to see you, but also to get information about Orochimaru… I will definitely bring him back and let you handle it!”
While traveling, he heard the news of Orochimaru’s defection and immediately rushed back to the village.
Having been bonded as companions for many years, he absolutely could not tolerate Orochimaru betraying the village.
Anyone can betray, but Orochimaru can’t!
Since childhood, Orochimaru has always been the one he strives to catch up with!
This time is no exception.
“Orochimaru… The two in front of you are also familiar with his news. They are the last two people in the village to see Orochimaru.”
After hearing Jiraiya’s purpose, the Third Hokage thought of the two people in front of him.
After hearing what the Sandaime Hokage said, Jiraiya took a closer look at the two ninjas in front of him.
With unique looks, both of them are handsome young men.
The younger one still looked immature, with a stern look between his brows.
The older one exudes a subtle and sharp aura, like a blade hidden in a scabbard, ready to deliver a fatal blow at any moment, and his whole body blends in with the surrounding environment.
“Naturally perfect…Are all the young people nowadays so amazing?”
Jiraiya was secretly amazed that such a temperament could appear in a young boy.
Only an experienced jonin can comprehend this state, blending perfectly with the environment and behaving in accordance with the assassin’s behavior, a state that a ninja can only dream of.
In fact, this is a state in which Huang is about to be released but has not yet been released.
Being so close, Huang was thinking, if he could open the field when the enemy was unexpectedly attacked, could he kill Jiraiya with his sword!
The answer is… an 80% chance of winning!
Chapter 030: Toad Sage Jiraiya! (Old version)
“Jiraiya-sama.”
Itachi bowed slightly. From the conversation between Jiraiya and the Sandaime Hokage, he guessed the identity of the person in front of him.
Before the Third World War, Jiraiya began to travel around the world and did not participate in the war in Konoha Village. The younger generation of ninjas rarely saw Jiraiya.
Jiraiya came back this time entirely because of Orochimaru’s defection, and his purpose was to bring Orochimaru back!
He couldn’t let Orochimaru leak out the village’s secrets. Besides, Orochimaru had been with him for so many years…
Deep down, Jiraiya could not tolerate Orochimaru’s defection at all.
“Have they met Orochimaru?”
Jiraiya asked again.
It was simply impossible for two teenage boys to see Orochimaru face to face and still survive.
Is Orochimaru really seriously injured?
Or should Orochimaru become a vegetarian and stop killing?
He would rather believe in peace among the five major nations than believe that Orochimaru was a vegetarian and abstained from killing.
Is this… Uchiha?
Jiraiya reacted when he saw the clan crests printed on the two men’s bodies.
If there is anything that can restrain Orochimaru, illusion is one of them.
As for the Uchiha, that makes sense.
“I am Jiraiya, the Toad Sage! You guys are able to survive Orochimaru’s hands, so you seem to be quite powerful.”
Jiraiya praised, his eyes full of smiles.
“Master Jiraiya, that’s not the case. Huang once cut off one of Orochimaru’s arms, but because of me, he couldn’t be spared.”
Uchiha Itachi replied and told the story of Kirara.
“Itachi was able to hold off four guards by himself, buying me a lot of time and creating an opportunity to get close to Orochimaru, to accomplish such a feat.”
Huang said modestly, he exaggerated Itachi’s contribution a little bit, and at the same time concealed the existence of Kabuto.
The Third Hokage smiled but said nothing, watching the three people quietly.
Seeing that they were about to continue talking, he immediately waved his hand and said, “I still have to work. If you want to talk, go outside. Leave me a quiet place to work!”
Hearing this, Jiraiya smiled and led the two out.
The Third Hokage watched them leave quietly, a smile on his face.
The two Uchiha boys had a certain character after hanging out with Jiraiya for a while.
The Third Hokage recognized Jiraiya’s ability to judge people, and his disciple Minato Namikaze once took on the entire Third War by himself.
The Fourth Hokage.
One person took on the two brothers of the Fourth Raikage…
One man led a large army to quell the battle of Iwagakure Village…
Forcing the two villages to sign a peace agreement.
All kinds of legendary performances, but his death was too pathetic.
“Can the Nine-Tailed Fox kill people?”
A certain big shot said so.
Outside the Hokage Building.
Jiraiya just walked out of the door and turned around and said, “Two little guys from the Uchiha family, I’ll treat you to a hot spring, do you want to go?”
Uchiha Itachi was a little confused. He had been practicing almost all the time since he entered the ninja school.
He had never experienced such a relaxing thing before and felt a little overwhelmed.
No matter how mature he is, he is just a ten-year-old child, a virgin…
Huang remained silent, like an invisible man following behind him.
Uchiha Itachi was completely unable to resist Jiraiya’s dirty jokes.
She has completely become a puppet at the mercy of others and is often criticized until her face turns red.
If Itachi at this moment was what he was like three years later, he would have glared at Jiraiya like an Amaterasu.
As Itachi gradually got to know Jiraiya, he became immune to some of his explicit words.
Soon, under the leadership of Jiraiya, they arrived at a hot spring resort called “Jade Hot Spring”.
A lovely beauty wearing a lavender kimono sat in front of the stage.
Seeing Jiraiya and the other two, a smile appeared on his face.
The beautiful shop owner greeted gently, “Welcome. How many people are there?”
“Three of you, please find a quiet place.”
Jiraiya said carelessly, looking at the beautiful girl in a silly way while speaking.
I can’t walk when I see a beautiful woman…my attributes kick in.
Huang sat down at a booth nearby, poured himself a glass of water, and watched Jiraiya’s behavior.
This guy is rough but thoughtful. When talking to Uchiha Itachi, he kept trying to get Huang to talk.
But Huang never responded, responding to everything with silence.
Facing such a hedgehog, Jiraiya’s eloquence was useless.
When the little beauty was talking to Jiraiya, she would look at Huang from time to time and give an ambiguous smile.
Every time I peek, I feel my heart beating faster.
The little sister never gets tired of looking at it, as if her heart is about to jump out.
Jiraiya saw everything and kept observing Kirara’s actions.
“Don’t you like beautiful women?”
Jiraiya sighed inwardly, feeling it was a pity, this little beauty was really inconsistent.
It’s just that she doesn’t like uncles very much.
Jiraiya was very disappointed. After leaving the village, countless beautiful girls came up to him automatically.
He is “Ninja-sama” and has to choose carefully every time.
After returning to the village, my status immediately changed. I would be driven out if I went to soak in the hot springs or collect writing materials.
“How abominable! Damn those beauty lovers…”
What Jiraiya hates deep down is this kind of handsome guys, and what he hates most is guys who are both handsome and capable.
Coincidentally, Huang is such a person.
He is handsome and talented, and his Uchiha bloodline adds to his brilliance.
The village has always said that the Uchiha family is a cursed family, but who doesn’t envy the Uchiha family’s Sharingan? Countless crazy people want to transplant the Uchiha’s Sharingan but fail. The powerful Uchiha will not allow any outsider to transplant the Sharingan.
When Jiraiya saw that there was no hope, he didn’t bother to argue and directly booked a hot spring and asked the proprietress to lead the way.
Huang and Itachi walked together, following behind the proprietress.
The proprietress twisted her waist, looked back and smiled from time to time, trying to talk to Huang.
All she got was a cold and ruthless handsome face, but she still enjoyed it.
After walking into the hot spring room, I still greeted a few people reluctantly.
After the boss left, Jiraiya leaned against a large rock in the hot spring and said with a smile: “Huang, your popularity is really enviable! Do you see the boss lady’s intention?”
Huang glanced at him and a smile appeared on the corner of his mouth.
Chapter 031 Battle with Jiraiya! (Old version)
“The legendary Sannin is so concerned about a nobody like me. In order to prevent you from making too many assumptions, Master Jiraiya, let’s go to the outskirts of the village and have a fight, and we’ll know the truth.”
Huang said directly that Jiraiya’s idea was just to test the strength of him and Itachi and satisfy his wish.
He didn’t want to go into the hot spring with anyone, especially two grown men.
At this time, Itachi was halfway undressed, and looked at Huang with an angry expression…
You know what he was thinking, why didn’t you bring it up earlier!!!
Uchiha Itachi silently put his clothes back on, covering the exposed half of his shoulder blade.
Behind his thin figure, there is a strong body that has been tempered through thousands of trials and tribulations.
He started practicing Taijutsu and Ninjutsu at the age of six, and has been training all the time to make his body the sharpest weapon.
Although the Uchiha are not good at physical skills, Itachi’s physical skills have never been a weakness.
Jiraiya, wearing a red and white kimono, followed behind Kira and headed towards the outskirts of the village.
When Huang said that, the competition between the two officially began.
Huang used his fastest speed, trying to get rid of Jiraiya in the first step, but Jiraiya was not weak either. He was very skilled in the art of instant body movement. Although the distance between him and Jiraiya was constantly widening, the gap was not big.
“This kid… I can’t see any trace of instant body movement technique at all… Could it be that he relies entirely on physical techniques? Has he learned the Eight Gates Ninjutsu?”
The surprise on Jiraiya’s face became more and more intense. From what Huang said just now, he saw a hint of Huang’s personality.
“Like the Uchiha, a proud fellow. From the looks of it, he doesn’t seem to have a bad heart, but we’ll have to learn more about his personality.”
As Jiraiya hurried on his way, he referred to Huang’s various actions and tried to figure out his true character.
In front of outsiders, Huang hides the second-year side of his nature very secretly.
Every time he killed, he revealed a kind of crazy unrestrainedness and displayed the wild impulse of his nature.
From the moment of birth, he possesses the basic requirements to be a “swordsman”.
fear!
Throw away the fear!
With a knife in hand, all you see is swinging the knife, which becomes your most basic instinct.
Whenever the passion in his bones is aroused, Huang will be unable to suppress the urge to “kill”.
Especially when you meet a strong one!
This time, under Jiraiya’s constant probing, he finally couldn’t help but take action, intending to compete with Jiraiya!
This was the first battle since the last battle with Orochimaru. Huang at this time was completely different from that time!
The sharp blade in his hand flew out, his body stopped, and then he turned around and slashed with the sword.
Huang, who was moving forward rapidly, suddenly turned around at this moment, catching Jiraiya off guard.
“This guy doesn’t play by the rules at all!”
Jiraiya tried to block hastily, but the body-flash technique he had just performed happened to hit the edge of the knife.
After many battles with the jonin, Huang’s prediction of the distance of the instant body-flickering technique became more and more accurate.
This time, with the help of his mind’s eye, he easily captured Jiraiya’s whereabouts.
At this time, Huang had not yet used the Sharingan.
“The Lion’s Hair Technique!”
Jiraiya has a very strong fighting instinct and his skills are inherited from the third generation Hokage. Apart from the Sage Mode, his other ninjutsu abilities are equally strong.
After noticing Huang’s actions, Jiraiya immediately responded by adding chakra to his hair, turning it into a hard and sharp steel needle to block Huang’s counterattack.
“Chance!”
Huang curled his lips. The sudden counterattack did bring some trouble to Jiraiya.
But it’s not a big problem. An ordinary slash cannot break the defense of the Random Lion Hair Technique.
But, this is the way to fight ordinary ninjas.
Huang is a swordsman at heart, and all his moves are simple and crude.
Therefore, Huang developed a habit of seizing the weakness and delivering a fatal blow.
After one second of charging, this sword condenses almost all the strength of the whole body.
Focus on one thing and reach the pinnacle!
The chance to defeat the enemy lies in this one strike!
Take advantage of the momentum of surprise attack and interception, seize the opportunity to accumulate strength, and unleash the strongest attack.
The right time, the right place and the right people are all in place.
This attack was unexpectedly successful.
The blade pierced into the weakest part of the white silver needles, and all the endless white needles were cut off with one blow.
Jiraiya’s defense was like a layer of fragile paper in front of Uchiha Huang’s attack.
The white hair on his back was cut off at the roots, and when the blade was about to touch Jiraiya’s neck, the air froze in an instant.
Jiraiya felt the cold front coming from behind him, and he made a decision the moment his ninjutsu defense failed.
The white hair can buy him time to use the substitution technique.
But in order to test Huang again, he decided to take a risk!
But this decision has led to his current dead end, and this moment seems to last tens of millions of years.
Uchiha Huang finally didn’t make a move, and the blade stopped at Jiraiya’s neck…
“it’s over.”
Huang’s cold voice came from behind, and only then did Jiraiya feel a cold sweat on his body.
Something I haven’t experienced in many years.
The last time was when I fought against Salamander Hanzo.
When did such a powerful character appear in the village?
At this moment, Jiraiya believed that Orochimaru’s arm, which was seriously injured, could really be cut off by the child in front of him.
“If I’m not careless…”
Jiraiya turned around and stopped talking halfway through his sentence.
He hadn’t experienced a ninja mission in so many years that he almost forgot about the battles between ninjas.
“Kusanagi Sword!”
Looking at the sword in Huang’s hand, Jiraiya’s pupils shrank.
Although Kirara’s charged sword slash is fast and powerful, it would be difficult to break Jiraiya’s defense if he used an ordinary sword.
As for divine weapons like the Kusanagi sword, that’s a different story.
“Careless?”
Huang slowly put the Kusanagi sword into the scabbard at his waist and rested his left thumb on the hilt.
“Since you want to understand, then understand it more thoroughly!”
Huang sneered and said, since that’s the case, then let’s reveal some more of our strength so that these corrupt leaders can see it clearly.
The Konoha high-level officials, led by the Third Hokage, gradually became corrupt and cowardly.
Full of distrust of the outside world.
Chapter 032: One battle shakes all directions! (Old version)
When Huang took action against the Uchiha Police Department, the Anbu who were monitoring the Uchiha must have known about it.
The reason why he didn’t infiltrate the Uchiha Police Department was so that he could be seen by the Sandaime’s spies.
Otherwise, with his strength, he could wait until the target was handed over and then carry out the assassination in some dark place, making sure no one would know who the murderer was.
The Uchiha did not announce the exact person who died, and the villagers all thought that the Uchiha who died was the squad leader of the police department last night.
The three Uchiha clan members brought thousands of benefits.
He didn’t know whether Jiraiya had received instructions from the Third Hokage, but he knew that the forces of the Hokage department did not accept his approach.
What’s going on with Uchiha Itachi?
It is even more shrouded in fog.
The relationship between the village and the Uchiha doesn’t seem to be bad, but no one knows what happens behind the scenes.
So, after feeling Jiraiya’s temptation, Huang decided to expose part of his strength to attract the attention of the village.
A special jonin, who seemed pretty good at first, but after Jiraiya’s many attempts, any joy turned into dissatisfaction.
This bait has no appeal at all.
Compared with Uchiha Fugaku’s 100 million, it pales in comparison.
At this moment, Huang decided to let Jiraiya clearly realize his own strength and have enough strength to face the Hokage head-on!
Possesses enough power to change a battle.
The battle broke out again, and Huang activated the space skill “Field”, instantly covering Jiraiya.
Everything within a three-meter radius was the target of Huang’s attack. All objects were frozen in place, and Jiraiya, who was in the core area, could not move at all.
Jiraiya did not underestimate Huang, but instead instantly tried to escape using the substitution technique.
However, Jiraiya found that he was unable to mobilize the chakra in his body.
How is this possible? !
Jiraiya was shocked!
The next moment, he saw Huang slashing forward with a knife, and his face changed…
A knife, a seemingly ordinary knife, but it changes the color of heaven and earth.
There were no fancy moves, but it swept over with the force of a mountain pressing down on one’s head.
At this moment, this knife.
It seemed that with just a slight swing, the long sword in his hand could cut through everything.
At the critical moment, Jiraiya used the fairy chakra to slightly break free from the constraints of the domain. He retreated rapidly, trying to avoid the knife.
Jiraiya is fast, but not as fast as Huang’s sword.
“What a sharp sword! Is he practicing the way of the samurai?”
Jiraiya didn’t have time to think about it. As the thought came to his mind, his hands moved quickly.
The seal-making speed was very fast, faster than the fastest speed in his life. At this time, he wished he had four hands.
“I… I cut off a lot of my hair. If he cuts more, I’ll be bald!”
After the substitution technique, he used the instant body technique and the substitution technique, and finally escaped despite the three precautions.
But in the end, only a lot of white hair was left, floating and falling in the air.
Jiraiya didn’t intend to hold back, and when Huang made a move, he summoned two immortals.
“Spiritualism!”
Two toad sages appeared and jumped onto Jiraiya’s shoulders.
“Jiraiya, what’s going on?”
asked the Sennin Fukasaku, who was summoned suddenly and had no idea of ​​the situation.
“Little Jiraiya, are you in trouble again?”
Shima Sennin also asked, Jiraiya rarely called them out, and this time he called them, it must be because they were in trouble.
“You two, there’s no time to talk anymore, prepare for Sage Mode!”
Huang missed the attack and did not continue the pursuit.
This was the first time he opened his domain to fight, and it lasted for three seconds!
The domain is indeed very strong, but it is not infinitely strong.
Everything depends on the strength of Huang, the caster!
Huang’s overall strength is far inferior to Jiraiya. Even if Jiraiya is within his domain, Huang cannot completely control him and can only suppress him to the maximum extent!
“It turns out that none of the Kage-level strongmen are easy to deal with!”
Huang placed his right hand on the hilt, and his left hand rested quietly on the handle, pouring all his chakra into the scabbard.
While completing all these preparations, his appearance remained calm.
The murderous intent is hidden deep in the scabbard.
“Give you some time to prepare!”
Huang thought that he would need some time to prepare, as Jiraiya’s Sage Mode was only half-baked.
Both of them needed some time to prepare. Huang opened his three-magatama Sharingan and focused all his attention on Jiraiya.
“Jiraiya, who is he? Why does he give off such a dangerous vibe? Such dark chakra… Is he from the Uchiha clan?”
As far as Fukasaku Sennin can remember, the only person who can possess this kind of chakra is still in Konoha Village, the Uchiha family.
“Yes, he is just a junior. I don’t want to be looked down upon by a junior.”
Tap Water grinned and said.
He was planning to use his body skills to maneuver the situation, but he didn’t expect that Huang saw through him.
“This guy seems to know what I have up my sleeve!”
A strange thought popped up in Jiraiya’s mind.
Shima Sennin shook his head and said, “Little Jiraiya, I have a bad feeling. He blends in with the surroundings, but the sword on his waist is unique. It seems that he is also prepared. We need to be careful!”
“Old lady, have you noticed it too?”
Shenren Fukasaku said that Huang’s chakra was constantly being consumed, but he himself did not move at all.
Ordinary ninjas might not notice it, but the two immortals have good eyesight and can see Huang’s movements.
“Finish!”
Jiraiya was delighted, it seemed that he had entered the Sage Mode first.
“Senjutsu: Goemon!”
Jiraiya called out in a low voice, and the two sages matched his movements, performing a combined jutsu.
Jiraiya uses Gama Oil Flame Bomb, Fukasaku uses Wind Style: Fierce Wind Palm, and Shima uses Fire Style: Great Flame Bomb. The combination of these three techniques can produce tremendous destructive power and can burn the opponent to ashes over a large area.
When Huang saw this, he looked slightly unhappy. Is this guy’s Sage Mode so fast?
I can’t believe Jiraiya is so fast.
“Field, open!”
1.5 seconds of charging is Huang’s current limit!
The power of a single strike from a sword is invincible.
The most terrifying sword energy is ten meters long!
In the blink of an eye, without giving others time to react, everything was swept away in an instant.
Within ten meters, everything is cut in half.
A huge sword energy flew out from the blade, as if the space was split into two.
“Get down!”
Jiraiya lay prone on the ground, with the reminder of the Hermit Fukasaku still echoing in his ears.
Goemon didn’t even have time to spit out his wind jutsu and hurriedly reminded Jiraiya. At the last moment, he lay down and scraped off a layer of his scalp, revealing a bald forehead.
I felt the cool breeze above my head, which lingered for a long time.
After a long while, Jiraiya murmured, “Uchiha Huang? With his strength, he can’t kill Orochimaru? Could it be that Orochimaru has also mastered the magic technique?”
Immortal Technique: The Technique of Long Hair!
Chakra surged in his body and his bald head disappeared.
When Jiraiya looked up again, Huang’s figure had disappeared.
The battle stopped, and everyone slowly came over after the people disappeared.
Several Anbu checked the traces left at the spot and then disappeared.
At this time, the Uchiha family’s police force hurriedly arrived.
When there is a fight in one direction, the clouds move in all directions.
Chapter 033 S-level mission (old version)
In the Hokage Building, Jiraiya appeared in the office of the Third Hokage.
“Are you back? Have you tried it out? How is this person?”
The Third Hokage asked softly.
For such a long time, he has not dared to use Uchiha Huang.
After probing many different parties and gathering a variety of intelligence, we discovered that this person was becoming more and more contradictory.
Daring to attack the Konoha Police Department and showing an attitude of breaking with the Uchiha was too extreme.
Even his former teammate Uchiha Jing didn’t dare to do this.
“He’s strong enough and worth winning over. He has a chance to kill Orochimaru.”
Jiraiya said truthfully that he could see an extremely solid foundation from Huang Linglie’s attack.
Every cut is simple and unpretentious, but speed is used to the extreme.
“Since you have helped to look at it, I have an idea in my heart. Uchiha, since the first generation, there have always been geniuses emerging, and the gap between them and the village has been getting bigger and bigger… It’s hard to control!”
The Third Hokage sighed and said that the person in power of any force needs stability and balance.
If there is one family in a village that is more powerful than the other families, civil strife is inevitable.
The bloody mist chaos in the Land of Water is still before our eyes. The fuse opened by the Mizukage led to a large-scale purge of the Kaguya clan, which caused the strength of the Hidden Mist Village to drop to the lowest among the five major countries.
Now 40% of the strength is consumed in civil strife.
It was because of this incident that the Third Hokage always condoned Danzo’s behavior.
Gradually consume the Uchiha’s manpower and minimize the impact of the rebellion.
No one wants to be like the Mist Ninja, who were severely damaged by a few ninja clans in the village.
Even if all the Mist Ninja clans were combined, they might not be as strong as the Uchiha clan.
Two complete Gundams can directly defeat several families.
In the three battles, Konoha kicked the Rock Ninjas and punched the Cloud Ninjas, and was invincible.
“Then old man, I will continue to look for Orochimaru. Or you can hand over the two Uchiha clan members to me and go look for Orochimaru together!”
Jiraiya replied, planning to bring both Kirara and Itachi with him.
The Third Hokage shook his head slightly after hearing this. If it was just Huang alone, then it would be fine.
But with Uchiha Itachi added to the mix, it becomes difficult.
Uchiha Fugaku would not allow his precious son to be a hostage.
If he sent Sasuke, he might consider it, but if he sent Itachi, it would be impossible.
Because the Anbu had ambushed and killed Itachi, Uchiha Fugaku directly approved the counterattack plan that the family had been planning.
All I can say is that Danzo made a good move, which made Fugaku furious.
“Uchiha Itachi is not okay, but Uchiha Huang is okay. But doing so will make us lose a good chess piece. The Uchiha family has not yet placed any spies, so if we send you, you will be exposed.” said the Third Hokage.
It turns out that Uchiha Shisui is a good choice, but Shisui is too outstanding to be suitable for eyeliner.
At the same time, Shisui doesn’t like getting along with some people in the family, and the relationship between them is strained.
So far, Uchiha Shisui has only participated in one clan meeting.
This attitude has already displeased most of the Uchiha clan members, all because of his strength, they have been enduring it and keeping it to themselves.
“Then you can promote him to jonin. Since you are trying to win him over, be generous. Let me guarantee that Huang has the qualifications to be a jonin.”
Jiraiya suggested.
“Since you said so, let’s do it!”
The Third Hokage trusted Jiraiya very much and agreed immediately after hearing this.
“Come here, promote Uchiha Huang to the rank of Jonin, responsible for completing the tasks assigned by the village. At the same time, as an ANBU pre-selected candidate, he will be sent to the ANBU for assessment. After meeting the standards, he will be selected into the ANBU as a trainee ANBU.”
After the Third Hokage pondered for a while, he revised Huang’s appointment and directly promoted the special jonin to a formal jonin.
At the same time, he is also included in the Anbu assessment and is ready to be recruited into the Anbu at any time.
Uchiha family, outside the public housing.
Huang leaned against the branch of a big tree, lying on it sideways, with a piece of green grass in his mouth.
“Huang, what mission are you going to do next?”
Uchiha Itachi was also there. He did not catch up with the battle between Jiraiya and Kirari. The two of them had very brief contact time. When he put on his clothes and chased after them, he only saw several Anbu investigating the scene.
Later, he returned to the tribe and heard people say that Huang had returned.
This time, I am assigned to the same team as Huang, with Huang as the captain, and I need to discuss things with Huang.
Huang closed his eyes and lay comfortably on the tree, muttering, “Wait! Tomorrow I will go see if there are any tasks worth doing in the village.”
“I know!”
Itachi said positively, he was very happy to become a jonin.
This time Huang is the captain and he is the assistant.
A team of two jonin can take on more demanding missions.
“You know? Then tell me what is the mission with the highest reward in the village?”
“Assassinate the Raikage, the reward is 500 million, and you are required to bring back the Eight-Tails Jinchuriki.”
Itachi said that this kind of task is usually put on the list for review.
The possibility of killing the two Raikage brothers in the Hidden Cloud Village is extremely low.
“Let’s do this task after a while. What about the task with the second highest bonus?” Huang asked again.
This Raikage is not easy to mess with. Maybe he can consider this task after he completes the third system task.
Currently, the system has completed a little over 150,000 sword swings, which is still a long way from one million.
“The second highest? The others are about the same, just over 100 million.”
Uchiha Itachi shook his head and replied.
Because the Raikage attacked Konoha during the Third War, causing huge losses, if the Fourth Hokage had not appeared out of nowhere, the Hidden Cloud Village would have directly overthrown the Konoha regime during the Third War.
Therefore, the people who hate the Raikage the most are the villagers of Konoha Village.
Other ninja villages didn’t dare to issue such a task, but Konoha Village hung it high on the task bar.
“Then I’ll go and see it myself tomorrow and take a break today.”
Huang is not in a hurry about the mission at this time.
The brief joy of becoming a special jonin quickly dissipated, and was replaced by a sense of emptiness.
However, what Huang cares about at the moment is not the position, but the realization he had in an instant when fighting with Jiraiya.
I have been lying on the tree for so long, slowly savoring the memories.
Only by fighting with the strong can you accurately reflect your own strengths and weaknesses.
“What time tomorrow?”
Uchiha Itachi asked.
“Noon, let’s meet at the village gate after lunch.”
While the two were talking, an Anbu suddenly appeared.
“Uchiha Huang, after the decision of the Hokage, you are granted the rank of Jonin. Here is the appointment letter.”
“Jounin? So fast!”
Itachi couldn’t help but speak out.
The Anbu glanced at him, then handed him the mission sheet.
“I’m not Huang, he is.”
Itachi saw this and waved his hands quickly.
Uchiha is a handsome guy.
“It’s really fast.”
Huang jumped down from the tree, took the task sheet and said with a smile.
Chapter 034 We are Jonin! (Old version)
The next day, Huang got up early and continued his practice for the day.
Now Huang has a full schedule for the morning: two hours of sword swinging, two hours of physical training, and two hours of basic swordsmanship.
During the practice, time passed very quickly, and in the blink of an eye, it was already noon.
Huang packed up his things and went to the gate of Konoha Village, where he had agreed to meet with Uchiha Itachi yesterday.
However, before that, you need to go to the weapon shop.
The double swords that were customized a long time ago should be ready by now.
Before going on a mission, bring your equipment with you.
In front of the blacksmith shop, two girls were talking to Uchiha Jin.
“Boss, can’t it be cheaper? A knife costs one million, which is comparable to an S-level mission.”
Said a delicate and cute girl, wearing a purple short-sleeved shirt and dark purple trousers.
If you are not naturally beautiful, you can’t pull off this kind of dress.
The other girl was wearing a light blue shirt with a white vest underneath. Her long hair was draped over her shoulders and her brows were slightly furrowed, revealing her inner struggle.
“If you don’t have enough money, don’t buy equipment. Just use kunai or something. Even if you have a sword, you won’t be able to use it. Konoha’s sword techniques have always been a secret.”
Uchiha Jin smiled and said that the two little girls were obviously overthinking when they wanted to customize a sword.
In the entire Uchiha family, there are not many ninjas who know swordsmanship, and each one of them knows it in secret.
This cannot be learned by relying on the Sharingan, it can only be practiced hard with the sword and the knife.
But born in Uchiha, how many people would practice swordsmanship hard?
After opening the Sharingan, what ninjutsu can’t be learned, and what taijutsu can’t be seen through?
With Uchiha’s current thinking, it is so inflated!
There is no one in the village who can restrain the Uchiha.
“Isn’t it just one million? We can save it for another month, and it will be enough. Let’s go, Tong! Let’s do the mission.”
The two girls were Uchiha Hitomi and Uchiha Izumi.
Quan said very firmly that they had been talking for a long time, but the boss refused to compromise at all.
“But……”
Tong was very conflicted. She really wanted a sword so that she could learn swordsmanship like her brother Huang.
But the sword is a particularly precious kind of ninja tool.
The more special metals a weapon uses, the higher its price.
“I want a custom-made one worth five million.”
A familiar voice sounded behind her and Tong turned around in surprise.
She happened to see Huang looking at her with a smile from behind.
“I forgot to customize one for you, but it’s too late this time. Come and get it next time!” Huang said to Tong.
Having just earned 100 million, five million is really nothing in his eyes.
When Uchiha Jin saw him, he immediately went back into the house and took out the knife that Huang had customized.
Uchiha Jin was frightened by Huang. He suspected that the ninja who recently assassinated the Uchiha master might be the evil star in front of him.
Because he found that a long sword that he had sold was now in the hands of this evil star.
This guy even dared to kill the squad leader of the police force. As a knife maker, he would not dare to go against such a villain.
After hearing Huang’s words, he quickly said, “A custom knife worth five million will take a month to make, and the materials will take some time to prepare!”
At this moment, the tone of voice changed instantly.
The whole Sichuan Opera face-changing job!
Uchiha Izumi looked at Huang curiously, carefully sizing up the brother Huang that his good friend kept talking about.
He was wearing a grey linen short shirt with a ninja mesh garment on the outside, and had two swords, one long and one short, on his waist. He did not have the slightest ninja aura.
He looks pretty good, but I don’t know what his true nature is.
Being able to casually take out five million, it seems that he is a man who is not short of money.
In an instant, countless thoughts flashed through Uchiha Izumi’s mind.
“In that case, Xiaotong, you can only come and get it next month. I may be on a mission soon. When I come back, you can practice swordsmanship with me!”
Huang was of course very happy to see that Tong really intended to practice swordsmanship. Although he was not an expert in swordsmanship, he was more than capable of guiding Tong.
“good!”
Hitomi agreed excitedly.
“Who is this?”
The moment he saw Uchiha Izumi, Huang finally remembered who this familiar name belonged to.
A name similar to Uchiha Madara’s younger brother, a little fangirl of Itachi, the one who died miserably…
I didn’t expect that she was Tong’s friend. Then this girl’s eyes opened… Could it be the cause of Tong’s death?
At this time, Huang couldn’t help but think more about the damn Uchiha’s bloodline limit, which required huge emotional stimulation.
I wonder if the most enjoyable moment, the burst of emotional stimulation, can open my eyes?
Taking this into consideration, Huang decided to give the two girls some advice.
“Don’t do any missions in the near future. Wait until I come back before considering B-rank and above missions. Also, help me take care of Meng during my absence!”
Tong nodded seriously, just like when they were little, she listened to whatever Huang said.
“OK.”
What could Quan, who was standing by, say? He could only remain silent.
Last time, he directly gave Uchiha Jin tens of millions of taels. This time, Huang took two swords and was too lazy to pay the subsequent one million, and he did not plan to take the additional five million.
“Pay me the bill next time! Remember to make the scabbard for my magic knife! And my sister’s knife too.”
“Yes, yes, yes! I will definitely do it next time.”
Uchiha Jin licked his face and smiled.
He didn’t care at all about the contemptuous expression of Uchiha Izumi beside him.
After saying goodbye to the two people, Huang rushed to the village gate.
When he arrived, Uchiha Itachi had been waiting for a long time.
When he saw Huang, Itachi had no expression and kept a cold face.
“Let’s go!”
Itachi said directly after seeing Kirara.
“Okay. Let’s go!”
Huang touched his stomach and realized he hadn’t had lunch yet.
I originally planned to have a meal in the village.
There’s no shortage of money for eating out.
But seeing Itachi coming so early, he felt embarrassed to drag Itachi to eat.
Let’s do the important work first.
The two of them came to the Hokage Building together. At this time, there were only a few people looking at the task bar in the hall.
At first glance, they are all young boys.
Huang walked up to the ninja in the management position and asked, “Where can I get the S-level missions?”
The task manager was stunned when he heard this. Generally, S-level tasks require a senior ninja to lead the team.
He looked at the two people in front of him carefully, shook his head and said: “It takes a jonin to execute a person of this level. The task column over there says A-level tasks, and the task columns over there are B-level and below. Go and see for yourself…”
The administrator’s voice was not loud, but it was very obvious in the quiet mission hall, and several people turned their heads.
“We are jonin.”
Itachi reminded him that after he became a jonin, he did not wear a ninja vest, and Huang was wearing a training suit, which caused this misunderstanding.
“Go find the Sandaime! Don’t mess with them.”
Huang said directly that there was no point in arguing with such a small person.
They didn’t wear ninja vests, so it’s normal for them to admit their mistakes.
Huang said to a shadow: “Take us to see the Sandaime!”
Everyone was shocked when they saw this. Is there someone hiding in the hall?
After watching for a long time, no one showed up and a few of the guys watching the show almost laughed out loud.
The Uchiha people are getting better and better at pretending!
At this moment, a white-clothed Anbu suddenly appeared from the shadows, looked at Huang deeply, and said, “Follow me!”
Chapter 035 Zero Tail (Old Version)
Most of the ninja present were unaware of the ANBU hiding next to them.
Especially the two ninjas in the shadows, who were almost scared to death by the sudden appearance of the Anbu.
The white-clad ANBU are all the village’s elite jonin, proficient in various assassination techniques and able to conceal their own aura.
Even Uchiha Itachi couldn’t detect the opponent unless the opponent revealed his movements, but the Sharingan could capture other movements, so sneak attacks should not be effective.
But all these hidden means are useless in front of Huang.
The space-related skill · field has a passive function of detecting the surrounding situation!
Although this ANBU is an expert at evading attacks, he will be noticed if he gets too close to Huang.
Because of this, Huang knew that ever since his battle with Jiraiya, he had been following such a person around.
This ninja was totally different from the Anbu who had followed him before. He acted alone, wearing a white coat with special Anbu armor underneath, and a hood on his head that hid his entire body.
On the outside, only a painted mask is left.
Out of confidence in his own abilities, this Anbu dared to get so close to the target of surveillance.
When Huang saw through him, he was obviously stunned for a long time. Finally, he came to his senses and slowly walked out.
Ignoring the stunned crowd, Huang followed the ANBU to the Hokage’s office.
Arriving at the door, the white-clad Anbu knocked gently and greeted, “Hokage-sama, Uchiha Huang wishes to see you!”
“Let him come right in!”
The voice of the Third Hokage came from the house, and Huang pushed open the door and walked in.
At this time, there happened to be a beautiful woman sitting in front of the Hokage’s desk. When she saw Huang and Itachi walk in, she looked at them in surprise.
“What do you want me to do?”
The Third Hokage asked, Huang had just been promoted to Jonin, and it should be Fugaku who was questioning him now.
Every jonin is the pillar of the village, and every jonin of each family occupies a certain position.
Even if he is the leader of a team of jonin, he can still train several talented younger generations for the family.
Other jonin can even hold important positions in the village.
Every jonin is the backbone of the village.
“Take the mission. What else can you do besides this?”
Huang said indifferently that the Third Hokage seemed to be meeting some important guests at the moment, but it had nothing to do with him.
“Mission? Your team has just been formed, so why not choose some easy tasks? There are many suitable tasks downstairs.”
The Third Hokage suggested that new teams would usually do some small tasks to get used to each other.
“It’s too little money.”
Huang replied, what’s the point of doing the mission without money and experience.
He worked hard to be promoted to a jonin because he thought that S-level missions would have higher bids and provide opportunities to gain experience and receive more rewards.
“Who are they?”
The beautiful woman who had been standing by suddenly asked.
“Oh? They are the village’s newest jonin, and are currently assigned to the same team.”
The Third Hokage explained.
The beautiful woman stood up and walked in front of Huang, smiling and said, “Do you need a high-priced mission? I’m just looking for some guards.”
The Third Hokage said, “It is indeed not appropriate for us in Konoha to interfere in your country’s affairs.”
The beautiful woman frowned and said softly, “We can offer a high price.”
Hearing the high price, Huang’s eyes lit up and he asked.
The Third Hokage’s expression darkened and he glanced at Huang.
“Konoha may not be able to accept this mission, Kirara.”
“My name is Miroku, the witch of the Demon Country. Currently, there is a group of ninjas fleeing in our Demon Country. I hope Konoha can send ninjas to wipe them out.”
Miroku hurriedly said that the Third Hokage treated her with great courtesy, but no matter what she said, he was unwilling to get involved in the affairs of the Demon Kingdom.
“The Land of Demons is located between the Land of Earth and the Land of Wind, and is separated from Konoha by several countries… If we ignore the relationship between the two countries and send ninjas to the Land of Demons, it will easily cause misunderstandings. Miroku Witch, you’d better go to the Sand Village and the Rock Village.”
The Third Hokage explained, stating the pros and cons of the village’s predicament.
“We, the Demon Country, are able to maintain neutrality. We have good relations with our neighbors and are sure that we will not cause a war. Third Hokage, the demons that were once sealed in the Demon Country have recently been moving. I suspect that it is the rebellious ninjas that are causing trouble in the country. If the demon seal is broken, the world will be destroyed in an instant.”
Miroku continued, talking about the monster rebellion in the past, which was originally a rumor in the ninja world.
Now that the witch from the Demon Country said this herself, the Third Hokage felt that the problem was a bit serious.
This legendary monster has a trace of record in Konoha.
The Ghost Kingdom has a very special status on the mainland. It is a country ruled by witches. Since it has no daimyo, its relations with other countries are average.
There is no organization like Ninja Village, so the strength is average, and it is struggling to survive between the two superpowers.
When Huang heard Maitreya’s name, he remembered something.
Monsters and sprites!
The monster that Shion and Naruto defeated in the future seemed to be… a spirit?
He also has a large group of ghost soldiers and undead legions under his command…
The rebel ninjas causing trouble now? Could they be the predecessors of the group of people in the future?
When Huang heard Maitreya’s name, he thought a lot.
Itachi, who was standing by, noticed that something was not right and asked, “Is that monster very strong?”
“It’s a tailed beast without a tail, so it’s called Zero Tail.”
Huang explained to Itachi in a low voice.
Ghosts and monsters can only be sealed by witches.
But Huang doesn’t care about that. As long as the reward is enough, he is interested…
“Can Wuliang’s undead army provide sword-wielding experience?”
With this idea in mind, Huang decided to take on this task.
“Sandaime…”
Huang looked at the Third Hokage. This matter was indeed troublesome. According to the development, Miroku exchanged his life for a period of peace in this seal.
It was not until the Child of Prophecy that the matter was suppressed by using the halo of the protagonist.
With the characteristics of the monster, he will never die. He only has a nemesis and can only be sealed.
Now, Huang decided to go.
The Third Hokage saw what Huang meant, thought for a moment, then tapped the table and said, “If monsters really exist, things will be troublesome. The Land of Demons…”
“The Demon Country can offer 50 million ryo and invite Konoha’s ninjas to serve as guards.”
Miroku said.
“Fifty million?”
The Third Hokage remained expressionless and asked back.
“This is the payment for the first delivery.”
Miroku lowered his brows and replied.
The Demon Country is very small, and 50 million is already a huge sum of money. The savings of the entire country may not be as good as that of a wealthy family in Konoha.
“Then let Huang and Itachi go! Escort the witch lady from the Demon Country back to the country and clean up the rebellious ninjas in the Demon Country.”
The Third Hokage finally nodded and agreed.
The task was finally decided, he nodded, and said, “I need a day to prepare.”
“That’s… no problem.”
At first, Miroku doubted the strength of Huang and Itachi, but after seeing how the Third Hokage arranged it, he didn’t say anything more.
It is a blessing that I was not able to accept this task.
The Demon Kingdom is located between the Wind Kingdom and the Earth Kingdom, and is too far away from the Fire Kingdom. The Third Hokage, considering that the Third World War had just ended not long ago, did not want to create any more trouble.
But since Uchiha Huang plans to go, let him go.
Consider letting Huang take Uchiha Itachi with him, which would make the Uchiha family a little more stable.
Chapter 036 Meeting Orochimaru again! (old version)
Uchiha family.
Uchiha Fugaku is teaching his youngest son at home. Sasuke is already five years old and has reached the age to practice chakra.
Itachi had started learning before he was this age, and Fugaku’s requirements for his youngest son were obviously not as high as those for his eldest son.
“Come on, Sasuke, refine your chakra a little more and try to refine it before going to ninja school!”
Sasuke is the name of the Third Hokage’s father.
When Fugaku gave his youngest son this name, he actually wanted him to become a successful person.
“Yes, father!”
Xiao Erzhuzi practiced hard to gain his father’s approval, but he was always disappointed.
Uchiha Itachi’s talent is much stronger than his.
The thirteen-year-old Nijima was still idling around, while Itachi had already used his Mangekyō to slaughter his clan at the age of thirteen.
Sasuke tried hard, but the expression on Fugaku’s face never changed.
After a long time, Fugaku finally let Sasuke go to rest with a heavy sigh.
“It’s still a long way off!”
Fugaku shook his head. Sasuke’s performance was far from satisfactory.
“Father.”
Sasuke had just finished his training when Itachi’s voice came from beside him.
A smile appeared on Fugaku’s face, but it was fleeting.
“You’re back. What task did the Third Hokage assign you?”
“Arrange Huang and I into the same team. We will arrange the specific tasks ourselves.”
Itachi replied.
He had known for a long time that his father was planning to nominate him as a jonin, but the village refused to give in.
This time, with the help of Huang, the village finally promoted him to the rank of Jonin.
“Very good, you have finally made it past the level of a jonin. The next step is to strive to enter the Anbu, find out the secrets of the village’s Anbu, and replace the Anbu with Uchiha people.”
“Yes, father.”
Itachi replied and Fugaku nodded in satisfaction before walking away with his hands behind his back.
Sasuke looked at his brother with envy. His father had always been kind to his brother, but strict and old-fashioned with him.
The different treatments of the two brothers resulted in different personalities in the future.
Influenced by his father, Sasuke has a natural admiration for his brother.
“How was your practice today?”
Itachi asked gently.
“Should be… okay?”
Young Sasuke said uncertainly, his father didn’t make any comment on him in the end.
He also didn’t understand what Fugaku meant.
“Practice well.”
Itachi warned, and seeing Fugaku’s expression, he had an idea in his mind.
“Brother, you said you would teach me ninjutsu!”
Young Sasuke held Itachi’s hand and said expectantly.
Itachi looked up and saw Fugaku still waiting at the door of the study, and he sighed slightly in his heart.
Forcefully putting on a smile, he said gently, “I’ll do it next time.”
Just as he finished speaking, a head hit his forehead and he screamed in pain.
When Sasuke looked over again, Itachi had disappeared.
“It happens again!”
Sasuke stomped his calves in anger.
In another place of the Uchiha clan, when Huang returned home, there was someone following him outside.
Maitreya has been by Huang’s side since Huang accepted the mission.
Including her guards, there were five people in total. Huang’s house was very small, so she arranged for Maitreya and others to live outside.
But Miroku refused, fearing that Konoha would break the agreement, and followed directly to the Uchiha clan.
“You live here?”
Miroku asked softly, carefully looking at the small two-bedroom, one-living room in front of him.
It was not even as spacious as the small room in her shrine.
“Yes, right here.”
Huang replied and started to process the purchased ingredients.
I just bought two pounds of pork belly at the Uchiha market and made some twice-cooked pork. I added some cabbage and stewed it into a soup.
The two dishes were prepared very quickly, the rice was just cooked when the dishes were ready.
Huang took out a pair of bowl and chopsticks and started eating.
Miroku on the side was a little embarrassed. She never expected that Huang would ignore her.
“I didn’t expect you could cook!”
Miroku smiled and said that she had been traveling for so long recently and wanted to invite some helpers from major countries, but after hearing about the Ghost Country, most of them refused.
The priestess of the Demon Kingdom is a special existence in this world.
“If you want to eat, take a bowl yourself! After all, it’s not cooked. The price for a meal is five hundred taels.”
Huang glanced at her, and considering the financial sponsor’s identity, he felt relieved.
After hearing this, Maitreya said nothing more and went to the kitchen to get a pair of bowls and chopsticks.
“Change to a pair of bowls and chopsticks. They belong to my sister… She doesn’t like others touching her things.”
“Oh…” Miroku said somewhat embarrassedly.
“When are you leaving tomorrow? I feel like the seal has loosened a bit, and we need to get back to the Land of Demons as soon as possible.”
Miroku picked up the bowl and chopsticks again and asked worriedly.
Recently, some people in the Land of Demons have been looking for traces of monsters everywhere, and finally found the shrine, and launched several sneak attacks.
“Then let’s set off tomorrow morning.” Huang replied.
After dinner, Maitreya, led by his guards, went to the village to rest.
At the same time, under his father’s instructions, Itachi began to implement a new plan.
In the early morning of the next day, before dawn, a group of people gathered at the village gate.
“Has your companion not arrived yet?”
Miroku asked Itachi, it was almost dawn now and they had to hurry.
Must rush back as soon as possible.
“he……”
Before Itachi could say anything, Kirara’s voice sounded from behind.
The group traveled at the fastest speed, and just after a day and a half, they arrived at the border of the Rain Country. If they continued walking across the Rain Country for two more days, they would reach the Ghost Country.
“Rest here tonight!”
Huang suggested finding a slightly secluded place to arrange for Maitreya and others.
“Itachi, you stay here to protect them, I’ll go stand guard.”
Huang looked at Itachi and gave the order.
“No problem, I’ll protect them. What happened?”
Itachi asked, he sensed the change in Kirei’s mood, and also noticed the unusual movement before.
“Yes, an old friend has come. We have met before…”
Huang laughed.
“Orochimaru?”
A name popped into Itachi’s mind.
Among all the enemies they had faced together, Orochimaru was the only one who left a deep impression on them.
“Haha, I’ll go on guard, you protect Miroku. It’s possible that their target is the miko.”
Huang reminded again.
He believed in Itachi’s strength, but was afraid that he would get Miroku hurt due to negligence.
“no problem.”
Afterwards, Huang left the place.
On the edge of a cliff, Huang appeared again, with two familiar figures in front of him.
“Mr. Huang, long time no see!”
One of them was Orochimaru, who was greeting Huang warmly at this time.
The sudden arrival of two people broke the tranquility along the way.
Orochimaru looked at Huang with a smile on his face, with a strong desire revealed on his face.
The last time he was seriously injured, he was hit by Huang due to carelessness.
This time, he has recovered his strength and will never make the same mistake again.
Chapter 037 Magnetic Escape! (Old Version)
“So it’s you! I thought you escaped to the Hidden Mist Village, but I didn’t expect you to be hiding in the Rain Country.”
Huang said in surprise, and the attitude in his words made Orochimaru grit his teeth and wish he could bite him.
What does escape mean?
That’s what ordinary people do. If you can’t win, you call it running away, but he calls it a strategic retreat.
The smile on Da She’s face faded, his expression changed. He carefully watched Huang’s movements, and finally said slowly: “Join our organization, are you interested?”
Huang was stunned for a moment. Orochimaru actually invited him to join Akatsuki?
“I refuse!”
Without much hesitation, Huang said decisively.
His current situation is not enough to make him become a traitor.
“Are you qualified to refuse?” Orochimaru sneered.
“Then it depends on whether you can keep me.”
Huang answered indifferently that the threat from Orochimaru was secondary.
What Huang is least worried about now are physical skills and summoning skills. As for ninjutsu and illusion, he can still use the Sharingan to restrain and alleviate them a little.
When he is in the state of three magatama, ordinary jonin has no way to deal with him.
Orochimaru is not an ordinary jonin, he is a Kage-level warrior. What makes him strange is that he is proficient in various secret techniques.
On the contrary, the person beside Orochimaru who had remained silent put a lot of pressure on Huang.
Others might not be able to recognize it, but after seeing Orochimaru and that man’s outfit, Huang felt a surge of pressure.
Wearing a Dawn windbreaker with a red cloud and a black background, they squatted on the ground and formed a deformed monster.
The Jade Maiden of Akatsuki – Scorpion of the Red Sand.
Scorpion’s greatest skill is puppetry. He is a peerless genius who has developed the main secret technique of the Sand Village in the Land of Wind to the top level.
When he was a teenager, he single-handedly killed the Sandaime Kazekage and his Shadow Guards, and successfully turned them into human puppets that retained all of their secret techniques from his lifetime.
Ninjutsu and Taijutsu generally aim to kill with one strike, using various assassination methods and techniques.
Puppetry is different. After making various items into puppets, you can use the advantage of being outnumbered to defeat the enemy and torture them to death.
When facing a puppeteer, violent demolition is the best way, provided that the puppeteer’s carefully crafted precious puppets can be destroyed.
When Orochimaru was talking to Uchiha Huang, Scorpion on the side had already lost his patience. Seeing that Orochimaru had not made a move, he said directly: “You were defeated by such a little kid? Orochimaru, you are really a waste. You have lived for so long in vain.”
Scorpion of the Red Sand has no good feelings towards the Konoha ninjas. His parents were tragically killed by the ninjas of Konoha Village.
Orochimaru was a rebel ninja from Konoha. Sasori was always unhappy about why Zero Zang arranged Orochimaru to be by his side, but he had accepted the order in private.
Keep an eye on Orochimaru!
Akatsuki organization does not trust Orochimaru.
Orochimaru’s cold expression disappeared, revealing a hint of sarcasm, and he said, “Then you go ahead!”
After saying that, he folded his arms and watched from the sidelines.
The attitude of Scorpion of the Red Sand proves the attitude of Akatsuki.
How could Orochimaru be willing to become a thug of Akatsuki?
If he had not defected from Konoha and lost too many people, and if he had not faced Zero Zang’s terrifying strength, he would never have joined the Akatsuki.
The Sage’s Eye appeared on a person, which aroused Orochimaru’s great interest.
“Oh, I’ll take care of him in a minute.”
Scorpion chuckled, not taking Huang seriously at all.
“Feng Liu Hu: Eight Waves of Needles.”
Ultra-high-density poison needles and stingers are fired from the mouth of Fei Liuhu’s human puppet. All of these poison needles are released by talismans and do not need to take up space.
Huang had been wary of the two of them. After seeing Scorpion’s actions, he rested his wrist on the smooth-blade knife and flicked open the scabbard with his left fingertips.
A solemn and murderous aura came towards me.
Chakra flowed throughout his body, and Huang’s body accelerated instantly, dodging countless poisonous needles and quickly approaching Fei Liuhu.
Orochimaru noticed the vigilance in Huang’s eyes, curled the corners of his mouth, and stepped back to make some distance.
Orochimaru had just joined the Akatsuki organization and was not familiar with anyone. This time he came out because of the mission led by leader Zero Zang and happened to meet Uchiha Huang.
Inviting Huang to join Akatsuki was just a sudden idea of ​​Orochimaru, just to tease Huang.
The red sand scorpion monster next to him didn’t take him seriously at all, so Orochimaru deliberately didn’t say anything and let him suffer.
It would be even better if Uchiha Huang could kill him directly.
With this thought in mind, Orochimaru retreated directly outside the battlefield.
He was just planning to go check on another kid from the Uchiha clan.
The Red Sand Scorpion calmly controlled the Fei Liuhu to turn around and avoid Huang’s first attack.
“Kill again!”
Huang immediately seized the opportunity, stopped his body, turned around and slashed towards Fei Liuhu.
Click, click, click!
The scorpion’s amber joints made some noises.
“Hiryuu Amber, Prosthetic Thousand Hands!”
Another A-level ninjutsu, a black tube appeared from Fei Liuhu’s left arm, and quickly fired poison needles in all directions.
The three-magatama Sharingan opened instantly, and Huang retreated violently, using his enhanced vision to cut away all the poisonous needles in front of him.
“Aren’t you going to release the Sandaime puppet?”
Huang said coldly, this guy is still testing.
The scorpion is wrapped in a body of iron and steel. If you cannot destroy the shell, you cannot harm the scorpion hidden inside.
Feiliuhu has perfect defense and is Scorpion’s first line of camouflage and protection.
It’s not just a turtle shell, there are also a lot of hidden weapons.
Among them, the third-generation Kazekage puppet is more troublesome. Its magnetic escape has a great impact on swordsmanship, and the weapon in your hand will fly out if you are not careful.
At this moment, Huang encountered the most difficult enemy he had yet faced.
Magnetic escape!
The swordsman’s biggest enemy.
The Third Kazekage was known as the strongest Kazekage when he was alive. He could perform the Magnetic Release vividly and could control the specialty of 80% of ninjas – Throwing Technique!
All metal projectiles were completely ineffective in front of him.
The Third Hokage’s specialty, the Shuriken Shadow Clone Technique, is nothing compared to the Magnetic Release Technique.
Similarly, magnetic escape also restrains swordsmanship. Anyone using metal swords will be affected by magnetic escape.
Scorpion, who was hiding in the Feiliu Amber, was slightly stunned when he heard Huang’s words, and asked: “Where did you get the information from! Since this perfect art was completed, almost no one has seen it.”
Everyone who has seen it is dead.
So domineering!
Huang snorted coldly to express his disdain.
Scorpion of the Red Sand, a mad genius who pursues the art of puppetry, does a crazy thing by making himself into a puppet.
eternal life.
This is the lifelong pursuit of this legendary puppeteer!
Chapter 038 Eternity is the real art! (Old version)
Scorpion has loved puppetry since he was a child and has a great talent for it. He is known as the strongest puppeteer in the history of the Sand Village.
The puppets he made were regarded as treasures by later generations.
Skills that have been used to death are regarded as secret skills.
Sasori, who has been active in the ninja world since before the Third World War, is still young now.
Her appearance is forever frozen at the age of sixteen or seventeen.
“Wind Shadow Puppet!”
A scroll popped out from Fei Liuhu, fell to the ground, and a corpse emerged from the scroll.
A tattered windbreaker was draped over the body, and the mouth was opening and closing, like a puppet completely under Scorpion’s control.
Judging from the face, the puppet looks a bit like the Third Kazekage, and is floating in the air under the effect of magnetic escape.
“Magnetic escape, what a hassle!”
Huang frowned. If he used a knife, he would be affected by the magnetic escape technique, and the slash would be distorted, greatly reducing its power.
“A wooden sword can indeed counteract this, but a wooden sword is not very strong and cannot really play a role…”
Huang considered.
The wooden sword is not controlled by the sand iron magnetic escape, but it can only block the sand iron’s attack.
“Magnetic Style: Sand Iron Rain!”
The third generation wind shadow puppet flew into the sky, and countless iron sand fell from the sky and attacked directly.
When iron rain falls from the sky, there is nowhere to hide and we can only endure it.
“Earth Escape: Earth Wall!”
Huang performed an ordinary C-level ninjutsu, a ninjutsu that he secretly learned under the Three Magatama Sharingan. The hand seals were very unfamiliar, but at least he could complete it successfully.
Countless iron sands hit the earth wall. At this moment, Huang felt the powerlessness of close combat facing long-range attacks.
I had been planning to use swordsmanship to subdue the iron sand, but all of the iron sand contains magnetic chakra, and all swords and iron tools will be attracted to it.
As soon as he approached, Huang felt the scabbard at his waist shaking rapidly.
“Magnetic Escape…”
“How to counter Magnetic Escape!”
Huang had never thought about this problem, but now it has become the biggest problem.
Relying on unfamiliar ninjutsu, he dodged the attacks of the Third Kazekage.
In my mind, I was racking my brain for a solution.
If you open the field, you can naturally resist magnetic escape.
The problem is that Huang’s domain is only three meters in range and can only last for a short time.
Huang will not open his domain unless it is a life-and-death situation.
But if he continues like this, not only will he not be able to protect Maitreya and his group, he himself may not even be able to escape.
Chakra was being consumed crazily, and the situation was getting worse.
“What should I do? Should I give up the mission when it’s my first time leading a team?”
Encountered two S-rank rebel ninjas,
With the strength of him and Itachi, it is too difficult to protect a group of people.
wrong……
What if I kill my opponent within the duration of the field?
Huang suddenly realized that he might have been too cautious.
Giving up on releasing ninjutsu, Huang stood directly below, quietly looking at the enemy in front of him.
“Why, you’re not going to resist?”
The voice change in Feiliuhu appeared, and Scorpion chuckled.
The Uchiha are nothing special. I heard that Orochimaru had one arm chopped off by an Uchiha. Judging from the way the two men greeted each other just now, Orochimaru should have had one hand chopped off by such a weakling.
Now Scorpion’s estimate of Orochimaru has dropped a few points.
What a waste.
Scorpion didn’t know why Lingzang would bring Orochimaru into the organization. In his opinion, it was completely unnecessary.
There are only twelve positions for the main members of Akatsuki organization, and they need elites.
Scorpion has always felt uncomfortable being in the same organization with a disgusting and worthless creature like Orochimaru.
“Since you don’t intend to resist, since you cut off Orochimaru’s arm, I will give you a quick death!”
Scorpion said directly, while chakra gradually gathered on the Third Kazekage.
“Magnetic Escape Form Seven: Sand Iron Realm Technique.”
The strongest state of the Third Kazekage is to modulate the attack and the density of the iron sand to the maximum, so that any attack is several times more powerful than before.
In a rain of iron sand, endless projectiles fell from the sky.
Huang gently placed his hands on his waist and closed his eyes.
The cool touch of the dagger.
All the iron sand hit the surface of the field and bounced away, as if there was an invisible wall blocking Huang.
Huang moved, and rushed towards Scorpion without hesitation.
At this moment, with a dagger in hand, I am invincible.
Huang swung his sword suddenly, and a cold light was approaching wherever the blade pointed.
“Magnetic Style: Iron Sand Funeral!”
Scorpion shouted softly, and a huge black wall emerged from Fengying’s body, trying to block the knife.
“It’s too late.”
Huang curled his lips, and Scorpion reacted quickly, but when the third-generation Wind Shadow puppet entered the range, it was too late.
Within the domain, Huang dominates everything!
Flash!
The puppet instantly broke into several pieces and fell to the ground.
Scorpion looked at the situation above with a confused look on his face. Uchiha Huang’s sword was too fast, even faster than the speed of flash, but he didn’t feel it at all.
“What happened? Is this a sword technique? … And the invisible wall that appeared just now, without any hand seals, it actually bounced away the sand and iron directly… This is definitely not an ordinary ninjutsu!”
Scorpion is a Kage-level warrior with both strong strength and vision. He also likes to study the human body, so he knows a person’s limits better than ordinary people.
Unmatched ninjutsu is very rare, and those with special attack power are even rarer.
And this ten-year-old kid in front of him actually displayed an incredibly fast sword technique and a unique ninjutsu that had never been seen before!
“Stupefied?”
Huang first destroyed the Sandaime Kazekage puppet, and then immediately launched a counterattack.
I had just been beaten up, and I was already filled with anger.
Now that he has the opportunity to fight back, he certainly won’t give up.
“One cut!”
No fancy moves, just ordinary slashing.
In a breath, Huang appeared beside Fei Liuhu again, and the blade cut directly into Fei Liuhu.
The shell of the Feiliu Amber was simply unable to block the slashing of the long sword.
The Fei Liuhu exploded, and a red-haired young man of about fifteen or sixteen jumped out from it.
He was wearing a black and red uniform of the Akatsuki organization, his light red hair fluttering in the wind, and his thin red eyebrows were slightly wrinkled.
This was the first time he appeared in such a situation since he built Feiliuhu.
No one has ever driven him out of Feiliuhu, not even Lingzang.
Because, when he met Ling Zang, he was not yet ready to be Fei Liuhu.
“The air outside is still so annoying. When I can stop breathing, I will be able to achieve eternity.”
Scorpion muttered.
Art is eternal and immortal.
Only eternity is true art.
“Red Secret Technique: Hundred Machines Maneuver!”
He took out a scroll from his body, and instantly released more than two hundred human puppets from it.
Each puppet is controlled by Scorpion. Since Scorpion has the Heart of Eternal Scar, there will be no such thing as chakra being exhausted.
One person is an army.
“Second cut!”
Huang didn’t care at all and directly slashed at a puppet.
The blade was so sharp that it directly chopped a puppet to pieces.
“What a hundred-machine exercise, it’s nothing but experience!”
After beheading the Third Kazekage, Huang discovered that his sword-swinging experience had increased again. It turned out that a puppet could also be counted as an enemy.
The Third Kazekage gave him a full 100,000 sword-swinging experiences. After so many days, the total number of sword-swingings would soon exceed 300,000.
“continue!”
Huang discovered that all puppets could increase the experience of sword swinging.
Now, these puppets are just experience babies in his eyes.
After beheading Fei Liuhu, he continued to behead several puppets, each with about three thousand swings of the sword.
Finally the amount accumulated reached 300,000.
There is still 700,000 to go before reaching one million!
One step closer.
Huang became more and more excited as he slashed the puppets.
Chapter 039 Encountering a Tough Enemy (Old Version)
“Sand Iron Secret: Unlocking Sand Iron!”
While Huang was slashing with all his might, the Third Kazekage, who had been broken into seven or eight pieces, was hastily repaired by Scorpion and regained his combat effectiveness.
But I can’t release skills at will like before.
However, he can control puppets and release magnetic escape!
Weng!
Huang only felt the short knife in his hand shake, and it slipped out of his hand in an instant.
“Magnetic escape… has been strengthened. Does it seem like you have grasped the veins?”
Huang sighed and grabbed the dagger as quickly as possible.
His hands moved quickly as he continued to kill the puppets.
After the Third Kazekage puppet was destroyed, Huang no longer worried about Scorpion’s attack.
Scorpion’s special skills include not only puppetry, but also poison making.
Apart from this, there is no other ability.
Most of the ninjas died mainly from his poison.
The study of puppetry, especially human puppets, usually requires a complete body.
Compared to some corpses with broken hands and feet, poisoning is more appropriate.
Huang himself knew nothing about poison, so he was very careful not to be touched by Scorpion’s ninja tools.
“Magnetic Style: Sand Iron Attack!”
A huge amount of chakra appeared above Scorpion’s head, and the black iron sand formed into weapons.
“Stop it!”
When Scorpion was preparing to kill, Orochimaru suddenly appeared and said to Scorpion.
Seeing Scorpion like this for the first time, Orochimaru looked at him in surprise.
“If you keep fighting, the noise you make will be too loud.”
Orochimaru said that they still had the mission of Zero Zang, and this visit to Huang was just an accidental encounter.
Uchiha Huang was not his target.
Huang, your talent is too poor.
Orochimaru likes geniuses, not ordinary people who work hard.
He had seen Uchiha Itachi once before, and he fell in love with this body.
It’s just a new body, and it will take another two or three years.
Hearing Orochimaru’s words, Scorpion suddenly remembered Lingzang’s instructions.
He took a fierce look at Huang, and finally put away the broken Third-generation Kazekage and all the other puppets.
Orochimaru turned to look at Huang and said with a smile: “Help me take care of that body. Let me make a deal. I can exchange the Kusanagi sword’s control secret technique with you.”
The psychic can determine the location of the Kusanagi sword, so Orochimaru temporarily leaves the Kusanagi sword with Kirara.
In Orochimaru’s eyes, a Kusanagi sword is not important.
He himself is not very good at swordsmanship, so he doesn’t care about giving the Kusanagi sword to Huang.
At first, Orochimaru did not have the Summoning Kusanagi Sword, he just wanted to use it for positioning.
Orochimaru has many…
Huang pondered over Orochimaru’s thoughts.
That body…
Uchiha Itachi?
I’m afraid that when he grows up, you won’t be able to handle him.
Huang complained in his heart that Orochimaru is very strong now. He is getting older, but his strength cannot keep up.
“No problem, show me the secret technique first!”
Huang said directly that Orochimaru and Scorpion stood together. Huang was not stupid and would not provoke disputes like this.
“Take it!”
Orochimaru pulled a wet scroll out of his mouth and threw it to Kirara.
Huang looked at the scroll in front of him with disdain. After opening it, he found that what was recorded inside was indeed the various secret techniques of the Kusanagi sword.
It was exactly the one that belonged to Huang.
“Summoning Technique: Kusanagi Sword!”
Bai Yu read it again according to the records in the book.
Try to perform this spell, and a sword will suddenly appear in front of you.
It’s the Kusanagi sword!
This book… is truly a secret technique.
The deal is done.
Then Huang watched the two of them leave.
With Orochimaru’s interference, Scorpion of the Red Sand finally left with him.
A great battle ended, but Huang was still not satisfied.
“It would be great if Orochimaru was slower. He could use Scorpion to continue to gain experience.”
It’s a bit of a pity for Huang, as Scorpion’s puppet can bring a lot of sword-wielding experience.
After the magnetic escape technique loses its effect, Scorpion’s threat is greatly reduced.
Just as Huang was sighing, a person suddenly appeared beside him.
Huang said without turning his head: “You are here.”
“What’s going on?”
Uchiha Itachi asked softly. He was frightened by Orochimaru’s sudden attack just now.
After a fight, Orochimaru chose to retreat. After settling the miko and her group, he immediately rushed over.
The surrounding environment was in chaos, with traces of battle everywhere and countless iron sands scattered all over the ground.
“We encountered a difficult enemy, but they have retreated.”
“Is Orochimaru with them too? I see Orochimaru’s outfit is completely different from before.”
Uchiha Itachi said that after the battle just now, Orochimaru obviously had help.
He had just defected from Konoha, so it was impossible for him to have such strong subordinates who could stop Huang.
Moreover, Orochimaru’s target was completely different. He was not coming for the miko at all, but it seemed like he was looking for him specifically.
All signs indicate that Orochimaru is unaware of the specific circumstances of the mission they are undertaking.
“That’s right. The man just now is no less powerful than Orochimaru. He is also an S-rank rebel ninja and once belonged to the Sand Village.”
There is no need to hide the existence of the Red Sand Scorpion.
Uchiha Itachi is still a blank slate. Fugaku has carved the mark of genius on him, but has not stamped him with the symbol of power.
Itachi has always acted according to his own will, and has been influenced by the Konoha Village, so he is more inclined towards the village.
But after he got to know Huang, he discovered that not everyone in the family was a fanatical and mindless war advocate.
Some of the thoughts that were originally leaning towards the present gradually stopped, and I began to think about the true meaning of the existence of the family.
Following behind Huang, Itachi had a calm expression on his face, but Huang saw that he was troubled.
Along the way, Huang didn’t say much.
What Itachi has hidden deep in his heart will naturally come out when he is willing to confess.
Chapter 040 Becoming stronger is the only choice! (Old version)
It was another boring day of traveling. On the way, they encountered two gangs of bandits. Huang killed them all by himself, leaving no one alive.
There were more than twenty people in total, some of whom were ninjas, but they only brought Huang more than a thousand sword-wielding experiences.
As your strength grows, it becomes increasingly difficult to gain experience in swordsmanship, and you have to practice on your own most of the time.
While on the way, Huang remembered the embarrassing situation when facing Scorpion, and decided to copy some ninjutsu, especially illusion techniques, to bring out the active ability of the Sharingan, instead of just using the passive effect of its dynamic vision.
After resting again, we will be able to reach the place where the witch is tomorrow morning.
Maitreya was ready to travel overnight, but was dissuaded by his subordinates, saying that it was too dangerous at night.
Finally, Huang found a campsite to camp.
This time it was Huang’s turn to be on night duty. He ran alone to a branch of a tall tree and sat down.
He leaned slightly against the tree trunk and looked up at the sky.
I was thinking in my mind that after I had gained a million sword swings, I would hold a big lottery to see if I could win a reward that would enhance my strength.
Especially the killer type of ability, Huang lacks such a trump card!
Just as Huang was thinking about something, Itachi suddenly appeared beside him.
“You should go rest.”
Huang said with his eyes closed, the passive detection capability of the field became stronger and stronger, and the range expanded from one hundred meters to about two hundred meters.
From the moment Itachi stepped into the sensing range, he knew who was coming.
“I’ve rested enough.”
“What do you want from me?”
Huang asked. If nothing happened, Itachi wouldn’t come to him.
“I do have some questions, and I’d like to ask your opinion.”
Itachi said directly.
He has been thinking a lot recently. Uchiha Shisui has been in contact with him for some time. Their relationship is getting better and better, and he has gradually been exposed to some of Shisui’s ideas.
Village and family!
This is a crucial proposition.
Now it stood before him again.
“What’s the question? For me, answering questions is the most annoying thing. If the question is too difficult, I may not be able to give an answer.”
Huang opened his eyes and looked at Itachi.
At this moment, Itachi’s face was full of loneliness, his eyes had lost their luster, and his cold face was covered by fatigue.
“It seems like you’ve been quite troubled lately!”
Huang guessed that a child in his teens was carrying a huge amount of pressure.
Under this kind of pressure, Itachi’s future growth depends entirely on the people around him.
Under such pressure, few people can quietly read some books to enrich their brains and deal with the complicated power struggles.
“I just received news that two more teams from the family were wiped out while on a mission… No news has been released.”
Uchiha Itachi replied that Uchiha’s psychic cat is very effective in transmitting information.
After Huang learned about it, he realized that most of the Uchiha clan members were able to pass on information when facing foreign enemies.
Only someone who is familiar with the Uchiha would have calculated this and killed the ninja cat along with him.
“Has the village taken action again?”
Huang guessed that this method of boiling a frog in warm water was very similar to the method used by the Third Hokage, but the person who implemented it should be Danzo Shimura.
Itachi remained silent.
He had just come across Shisui’s Hokage philosophy, the idea of ​​village supremacy, and now he received information about the death of a clan member.
Although there was no intelligence pointing to who the murderer was, he had a certain direction in his heart.
Uchiha Itachi did not directly refute Huang’s statement, which almost meant he agreed.
“What would you do if the family came into conflict with the village?”
Itachi was silent for a moment, then asked out loud.
Huang looked at him deeply and asked quietly, “Is it just a conflict?”
Uchiha Itachi was slightly stunned by this question.
“What else?”
At this point, he hadn’t thought too far ahead.
No one expected the conflict to escalate until the coup plan was proposed…
“A coup is not impossible! Itachi, there are too many diehards in the family. The majority of the clan members think that the Sharingan is invincible. They are so arrogant that they are doomed to not go far! The village will not let go of ordinary clan members just because of our kindness, so…”
Huang saw it very clearly. Now the village’s Anbu began to gradually clean out the Uchiha clan members until the family’s ninjas were unable to complete missions, thus cutting off the family’s income.
Trap the Uchiha around the village and cut off their economic source.
Now, the village has taken action against the Uchiha’s food supply. It won’t be long before the conflict continues to intensify, and the Uchiha coup plan is on the agenda…
The day of genocide is not far away in the future.
Huang can only improve his strength as quickly as possible in order to protect himself and more innocent tribesmen.
Huang doesn’t like the village’s top leaders, and he also doesn’t like the Uchiha’s top leaders.
The village will not investigate whether the Uchiha clan members are innocent, but will only eradicate them.
The mindless expansion of the Uchiha high-ranking officials will also bring about their own destruction.
Therefore, becoming stronger is the only choice!
coup!
That one word was like a slap in the face, hitting Itachi’s head and making a buzzing sound.
“How could this happen? How could it be…”
Itachi kept asking, repeating the same question over and over, but he couldn’t find any words to refute it in his heart.
The current situation of the Uchiha is right in front of us. After gathering all kinds of information together, the conclusion drawn is that a coup is indeed the most likely possibility.
“So… can the Uchiha be saved?”
Itachi stood up and asked, looking very excited. At this moment, his family still had a certain place in his heart.
Especially when he thought of his beloved younger brother Sasuke, his face became even more anxious.
Huang waved his hand and said, “Don’t worry, it’s not a matter of the moment. With the weakening of the Hokage power in the village, the expansion of the Uchiha is completely reasonable. When the backbone of the previous generation dies, even if the Uchiha does not stage a coup, the village will take action against the Uchiha in order to maintain the leading position of the Hokage power. There is no point in being anxious if you don’t have the strength!”
The Uchiha clan, under the leadership of Madara, built a village together with the Senju clan, which doomed the Uchiha clan to destruction.
If the village is headed by the Uchiha clan, then the Senju clan is doomed to be destroyed.
The feud between the two clans started hundreds of years ago. It is impossible for it to disappear completely just because the top leaders of the two clans shook hands and made peace.
The village is now slandering the Uchiha clan, which is inevitably influenced by the seeds left by the Senju clan.
All the policies of the Second Hokage were aimed at suppressing the ninja forces represented by the Uchiha clan.
In fact, the Second Generation did not target the Uchiha clan.
But because the Uchiha clan was the most powerful and visible, the damage caused was greater.
The Uchiha clan became the scapegoat of the village, and under the suppression of the power of the Hokage who inherited the will of the second generation, extinction became a foregone conclusion.
Because once the Third Hokage dies, Danzo may not be able to suppress the Uchiha without the support of the Three Ninjas.
Chapter 041 Shion (Old Version)
“As the Third Hokage gets older, he will never allow the Uchiha to continue to oppose the village. In fact, all this is because of one person. During the Nine-Tails incident, he ordered the Uchiha to stay put. The Konoha high-level officials used this as an excuse…”
Huang told Itachi some secrets. When the Nine-Tails incident happened five years ago, Itachi was just a student and had no access to any inside information.
Uchiha Fugaku was too straightforward. When he heard Danzo’s order, he really did not take any action when other ninjas suffered heavy casualties.
Because of this, he aroused hatred and dissatisfaction from other people in the village. In addition, the previous law enforcement process offended some villagers, and the conflicts were suddenly concentrated on Uchiha.
If Fugaku had taken direct action at that time and used his Mangekyō Sharingan to control the Nine-Tailed Demon Fox and save the Fourth Hokage, the current situation would not have happened at all.
At the same time, he can also obtain the right to choose the Nine-Tails Jinchuriki, gain the love of the villagers, and gain the capital to compete with the Fourth Hokage.
After all, Minato Namikaze, who had just become the Fourth Hokage, was born into a commoner family (there is a saying that the Namikaze was a branch of the Senju clan), and the Anbu forces had not yet been supported. The only person he could trust was his disciple Kakashi Hatake.
“who?”
After hearing Huang’s story, Itachi finally understood the inside story of the village and the family.
He used to think that it was the arrogance and discrimination of his fellow tribesmen that caused the current bad relationship between the village and the family.
He saw all the bad character traits displayed by the tribesmen around him, which made Itachi believe that all the evils were on the Uchiha, which also laid the groundwork for his decision to exterminate the clan in the future.
After listening to Huang’s explanation, he finally understood the other side of it.
Uchiha, became a pawn sacrificed for power.
“You can find out for yourself!”
Huang shook his head and didn’t continue.
For anything, you have to understand it yourself to have a deep impression of it.
It’s not very credible if you just say it.
After Itachi himself understands the true situation of the Uchiha, there will definitely be some changes in his heart.
After all, even though Shisui is trying to ease the relationship between his family and the village, he still has deep feelings for his family.
However, Itachi inherited Shisui’s belief in peace, but did not inherit Shisui’s ties to his family.
“You’ve always been the one asking me questions, and I also want to ask you a question.” Huang suddenly said.
Itachi was stunned for a moment, then said, “If I know anything, I will tell you everything.”
“If the Uchiha no longer exists, does the existence of the village still have any meaning to you?” Huang asked, looking into Itachi’s eyes.
“This… I don’t know…” Itachi was confused.
“Then think about it carefully!”
In the camp, a bonfire was burning outside several tents.
Maitreya sat upright in the main seat, muttering some scriptures.
There were several guards standing beside her, one of whom was the captain of the guard, named Inoue Takehide.
After so many days of traveling, he felt more and more that this trip was not worth it.
Just as he was about to return to the Land of Ghosts, he couldn’t help but ask, “Master Maitreya, why did you spend so much money to invite these two little kids back?”
Inoue Takehira was just a samurai who had practiced martial arts. He had heard of the power of chakra ninjas, but he didn’t know much about it.
When Huang and Itachi were clearing obstacles, they turned their backs to them, so he thought that they didn’t encounter any enemies along the way but spent so much money, which was not worth it.
The Ghost Country is located at the border of the world. The land is barren and the output is very small. One hundred million is roughly the country’s annual tax revenue.
The shrine doesn’t spend much and has some savings, but it can’t withstand such abuse.
In the eyes of Takehiro Inoue, the two little kids were useless.
Miroku stopped praying, looked at Inoue Takehiko, and said, “It doesn’t matter who the people are. What matters is the attitude of a country they represent. Our envoys to the Kingdom of Wind and the Kingdom of Earth all returned empty-handed. If the Kingdom of Fire doesn’t agree, we will be isolated and helpless.”
Miroku saw it clearly that one hundred million was just an attitude to buy the Hidden Leaf Village in the Land of Fire.
As the number one ninja village in the ninja world that defeated the combined forces of the three major ninja villages, Konoha deserves the title.
The escort mission worth 100 million yuan seemed natural to her.
The people in the country are too ignorant.
They don’t know that if there is a first time, there will be a second time, and once the relationship reaches a certain level, there is no need to continue to worry about the Sand Village, the Iwagakure Village, and Konoha interacting.
Everyone has some little tricks in their mind.
The Third Hokage did not want to get involved in the internal affairs of other countries, but considering the power situation in the village, he decided to let Huang and others go.
If you encounter any problems, you can just blame the Uchiha.
This is another butterfly effect caused by the appearance of Kirara. Originally, the Third Hokage would not agree to the village ninjas going to the Demon Country to carry out missions.
Inoue Takehira was about to say something, but when he saw Uchiha Itachi standing in front of him, he immediately swallowed his words back.
Nothing happened that night, and before dawn the next day, the group continued their journey.
After another few hours of traveling, Huang led the way and saw the gate of a shrine in the distance. He immediately knew that he had reached his destination.
“We’ve finally arrived at the Witch Goddess Shrine.”
Huang fell from the tree trunk and stood on the mahogany support above the shrine, looking around at the situation in the shrine.
A wide open space paved with marble, and then a shrine came into view, which was much more magnificent than the Uchiha ancestral temple.
Just as Huang was looking at the shrine, a gentle greeting suddenly sounded in his ears.
“Big brother, what are you looking at?”
Huang turned around in surprise and found a cute little girl standing below, looking at him with curiosity.
The field’s detection capability…is ineffective?
No way!
The traces of the group of people behind me can be felt very clearly…
But he didn’t notice the girl’s movements.
Are we overly reliant on our domain detection capabilities?
The reaction ability that was originally trained has decreased.
“It’s not that the detection ability of the field is ineffective, but that the girl’s heart is pure and there is no trace of malice. She is as natural as a stubborn stone on the roadside…”
The field’s detection is passive and will automatically ignore those existences that pose no threat.
But even for children, it is difficult to have a clear mind and be pure and flawless.
This is Shion, right?
Another part of the power of the ghost…
A little girl who looks helpless…?
Chapter 042: Traces of the Rebel Ninja (Old Version)
The Land of Ghosts, a desolate place.
A group of people were exploring something, and one of them was a young man carefully flipping through an ancient book.
“Huang Quan, are you looking in the right place? We have been searching for two days and haven’t found anything. Is there really any treasure there?”
asked a rebel ninja, who had been wandering around this desolate place since accepting this mission in the underground black market.
He didn’t even know what he was looking for, he just searched blindly.
“Keep looking, and you’ll find it after a while.”
Huang Quan replied. At this time, he was still an ordinary young ninja.
“First, pay the commission from the previous period.”
The rebel ninja said bluntly that he was already unhappy after not getting a penny for such a long mission.
As soon as he said this, some rebellious ninjas nearby gathered around him.
“Money is not a problem. I can find what I want, and it doesn’t matter how much it costs.”
Huang Quan said loudly, full of confidence.
Some people took a few glances and continued searching. Some of the people who had gathered around dispersed, leaving only the main five people.
They didn’t want to continue.
Huang Quan glanced at them and said softly, “I can’t possibly give you only five commissions!”
The rebel ninja who first provoked the trouble glanced at his accomplices around him and nodded slightly.
“This time you must first…”
“Found it!”
Just as he was about to say something harsh, the sky suddenly changed and a rebel ninja found his target.
“Hahahaha! Finally found it!”
Huang Quan laughed and ran over, leaving a few rebellious ninjas there.
A stone gate, completely covered by an earth wall on the outside. Only after three ninjas dug did a corner of it become visible.
As the number of manpower increased, the excavation speed gradually increased.
Finally, a huge stone door appeared in front of everyone.
“Finally found it!”
Huang Quan sighed.
In the land of demons, the shrine of the witches.
Huang has been here for more than a day, but nothing has happened and no major events have occurred in the Ghost Kingdom.
But the priestess Maitreya did not intend to let Huang leave.
Uchiha Itachi often went out to search for traces of rebellious ninjas in the Land of Demons.
“Are you back? Did you find any trace of the traitorous ninja?”
Huang stopped what he was doing. During this period of time, his sword-swinging experience gained totaled more than 10,000, a little over 310,000.
At the same time, he also practiced ninjutsu hand seals many times. Although he couldn’t catch up with the speed of Shisui and Itachi, he had no problem reaching the level of an ordinary jonin.
Itachi usually comes back in the morning and goes out in the afternoon. He came back so soon today, he must have discovered something.
“Found it.”
Uchiha Itachi said, recounting the information he had discovered.
“It seems that they haven’t found the target yet?”
“Do you know what they’re looking for?”
Uchiha Itachi asked curiously, when did Huang have so much information?
He even knows what happened in the Land of Ghosts.
“I recently heard a witch tell a story about the history of the Demon Country. The Demon Country used to be a plain. It was originally a territory fought over by the Wind Country and the Earth Country. But later a great riot occurred, turning this place into a scorched earth, making it unsuitable for human survival. This also led to the current situation. There is no human habitation within a hundred miles. If I am not mistaken, their target should be the legendary monster.”
Huang asked for some information in the shrine, and combined with some fragmentary memories of his previous life, he deduced some information.
A monster in the Land of Demons, Wuliang, will be resurrected once during this period.
The priestess Miroku died young because she sealed this monster, and Shion became an orphan.
In Naruto, the fate of an orphan protagonist is particularly prominent, and 90% of the strong characters are born as orphans.
“Is the target of that group of people the monster?”
Uchiha Itachi murmured.
“What should we do then?”
“Go find the witch.”
Huang suggested, and then took Uchiha Itachi to the shrine.
The shrine maiden Maitreya was chanting in the main hall, while the little shrine maiden Shion was playing outside.
Shion was the little girl he saw when he first arrived.
Xiao Ziyuan called out sweetly after seeing Huang.
At this time, she had not experienced any discrimination from the public. She was lively and cheerful, with cute big purple eyes. Her light yellow hair was tied up at one corner by Miroku, and she looked at Huang with a happy face.
“Shion, is your mother here?”
“Inside, Brother Huang, when will you have dinner?”
Ziyuan asked with anticipation. Ever since she had eaten the food cooked by Huang once, she had fallen in love with those delicious dishes.
She had never eaten such delicious food before. It completely broke her perception of food preparation. She didn’t expect that eating could be so enjoyable.
Huang was a little helpless. Such a cute little loli was looking at you with longing and wanted to have a meal with you. How could he refuse?
The food expenses for each meal are 500 taels…
This is even more irresistible.
“Come to my place tonight!”
“(σ≧≦)σYeah!Y!”
When Xiao Ziyuan heard this, she was overjoyed, then turned around and chased a butterfly, jumping away.
Huang turned around and saw Uchiha Itachi also staring at him with wide eyes.
A doubt flashed through Huang’s mind, and he asked, “You want to come too?”
“Yeah, I heard from Shisui that your cooking is really delicious, but I never had the chance…”
Itachi was a little shy and answered hesitantly.
He is just a ten-year-old boy.
Huang Wuyan said that as the captain he should take good care of his teammates. Itachi has been collecting intelligence recently and his hard work has been seen.
Okay, just bleed a lot this time.
“Then come along tonight!”
Huang said that apart from the first time Shisui came to his house on his own, Itachi was the first person Huang invited to dinner outside the Uchiha public housing.
The two are in a quasi-friend relationship.
After spending some time with Itachi, he gradually came to realize that this was the biggest sinner among the Uchiha.
A child who was promoted to Jonin at the age of ten. (The original plot said that he was promoted to Jonin at the age of eleven)
If it weren’t for the step-by-step instigation from outsiders, Itachi would not have fallen into the abyss.
Everyone puts all the pressure on a ten-year-old child, and few people can bear it, so it is natural for him to collapse.
A village leader and the father of the family.
Everyone hopes that Itachi can take responsibility.
Itachi now is only a ten-year-old child.
When Huang was in the ninja school, he was very immature and wanted to punch Uchiha Shisui and kick Uchiha Itachi.
It now seems foolish to impose on him the consequences of genocide that has not yet happened.
Huang understood why Shisui would bring Itachi into the team and train him well.
He also understood this truth. If Itachi had not gone astray, it is possible that he would have become the future of the Uchiha clan.
Chapter 043 Maitreya’s Sigh (Old Version)
Huang likes kendo.
I won’t tie my own hands because of the Uchiha.
Therefore, even if we want to save some of the tribesmen from the village, we still need a qualified leader.
Itachi happens to be a genius with extraordinary intelligence and talent.
Itachi has a special identity. As long as Itachi is instilled with certain concepts, Uchiha will see tremendous changes when Itachi comes to power in the future.
Unfortunately, the village would not allow, nor could it tolerate Uchiha Itachi taking over as the clan leader.
Perhaps Danzo felt threatened and increased the intensity of his pressure.
So much so that Uchiha Itachi, in order to protect the peace of the village and uphold the reputation of the Uchiha clan, chose to exterminate the clan.
The genius is on the left and the madman is on the right.
The two are only one step apart.
“Itachi! I hope you can come to your senses, otherwise I will have no choice but to kill you on the night of the clan extermination.”
Huang thought so in his heart, and tried to subtly change Itachi with his words and actions, and turn him into one of his helpers.
After all, Uchiha Itachi’s talent is one of the best in the entire Naruto world.
The so-called genius Jizo is nothing but a failure cultivated by Itachi.
With this thought in mind, Huang pushed open the main door of the hall and entered it, just in time to see Maitreya sitting cross-legged in the middle, resting in silence.
Maitreya stopped what he was doing, stood up and turned to look at the person who came.
At this time, Maitreya was not wearing formal attire, but a white kimono, with his hair slightly tied up, his waist slender, and a gentle smile on his face.
“Huang Jun, what do you want to talk to me about?”
Miroku asked softly.
“We have found the traces of the rebel ninjas. This time we are looking for you to confirm their purpose.” Huang said.
The ordinary clergy guards of the Demon Country have no way to deal with the rebellious ninjas and can only deal with ordinary people.
This time, Uchiha Huang and Itachi are here to deal with this group of rebellious ninjas.
The mission level is tentatively set at A. The price offered by the witch from the Ghost Country is quite high, but the village takes a considerable cut, 10%, which all belongs to the village.
Uchiha Itachi told Miroku the information he had found, and he fell into deep thought.
After a while, Maitreya raised his head and said, “They should be looking for the monster Wuliang. I don’t know where they got the news about the monster, but we must not let them unlock the seal and release the Wuliang.”
From the intelligence on the movements of the rebel ninjas, we can determine their purpose.
Huang said: “Then tell us where the ghost is sealed. After so long, they should have found it. Even if they haven’t found it, we can ambush and kill it at the destination.”
When Maitreya heard this proposal, he hesitated for a long time.
At the beginning, she did not tell the main goal of the mission because she was worried that the sealed place of the monster would be exposed.
Now after Huang’s reminder, considering the whereabouts of the group of rebellious ninjas, they realized that no matter what, those people would find the place where the monsters were sealed.
“You must promise not to disclose this place to others.”
Miroku said through gritted teeth.
Telling others about the seal would be extremely risky.
“What’s the point of me looking for Wuliang? What can he do? He makes it look like neither human nor ghost. Only those rubbish are willing to become puppets of such a ghost thing.”
Huang said disdainfully.
Let him become a servant of the monster? He might as well just cut his neck with the three-foot-long sword in his hand and travel through time again.
Anyone who attempts to change Huang must first ask Rurouni Kenshin whether he is willing.
Miroku looked at Uchiha Itachi stubbornly, and only told him the place where the monster was sealed after Itachi made a promise.
“Big breasts and no brains, worrying about this and that all day long? It would be easier if you said it earlier. Housewives are indecisive.”
Huang muttered.
Miroku kept the place where the demon was sealed very secretive until he brought Itachi with him and revealed the crucial information.
“Leave.”
Huang turned around and said something to Itachi, then left with a teleportation technique.
While practicing sword-wielding, Huang gradually began to focus on some necessary ninjutsu.
For example, the instant teleportation technique and the clone technique.
I haven’t learned the shadow clone yet. After this mission, I can try to copy the hand seal technique from my family or village.
At the same time, you can also learn some illusion techniques.
As for other ninjutsu, they are not important.
All ninjutsu are useless in front of the domain.
There is a master of illusion, and there is one by his side now.
Although Uchiha Itachi is not very old now, he has inherited the true teachings of Shisui, and his attainments in illusion techniques far exceed those of some of the senior ninjas in the family.
Itachi followed Huang and left the hall.
Maitreya, who stayed where he was, had a worried look on his face. He was still very worried, and immediately shouted outside: “Come on, gather and get ready to go…”
She also decided to go to the place where the monsters were sealed, just in case the monsters broke through the seal. With only two Konoha ninjas, they would not be able to resist the monsters at all.
While the guards were gathering, Miroku found his daughter playing.
Looking at my daughter’s innocent face, I felt reluctant to let her go.
Thinking of the responsibilities of the shrine maiden, the millions of people in the demon kingdom, and the safety of the whole world, all emotions finally focused on the little man in front of her.
Everything is for her!
The world belongs to her.
Miroku picked up his daughter with pity, gave her some careful instructions, and finally placed a protective bell in Shion’s little palm.
“My daughter, take care of yourself.”
Maitreya sighed inwardly, thinking that he might not be able to come back this time.
Chapter 044 Ten consecutive draws (old version)
The Kingdom of Demons, an underground palace, where part of the soul of the monster is sealed, and his body is sealed in the Shrine of the Kingdom of Demons.
Later, Maitreya sacrificed his life to seal the body of the monster in the Swamp Country, while his soul continued to be sealed in the underground palace of the Ghost Country.
Following the guidance of the witch Maitreya, Huang came to the entrance of the palace, where the gate was already open.
“Are you late?”
Huang murmured.
The huge gate of the underground palace opened, and a strange noise came from inside, which was very abnormal.
Wuliang was resurrected, and the army of the dead under his command also reappeared with his resurrection.
What they are about to face is the Undead Legion. If they fight head-on, there is no chance of winning.
“Is it troublesome?”
Seeing Huang’s serious expression, Itachi couldn’t help but ask.
“This guy is invincible. Do you think it’s troublesome or not?”
These rock puppet armies seemed to be controlled by ghosts. No matter how many times they were broken into pieces, they would reassemble and revive.
There is no means of restraint, there is nothing we can do to them.
“Immortality?”
Itachi’s eyes narrowed, and his three-magatama Sharingan appeared naturally, with a serious expression on his face.
The word “immortality” made him feel the trouble of this mission.
“You hold the line, I’ll go explore the way first!”
Huang ordered.
He decided to go into the palace and take a look first.
After all, this is the era when Shion’s mother lived, and the places where the monsters were sealed and their various distributions were all somewhat different.
When entering the palace, we were greeted by seven or eight corpses. Judging from their attire, they should be rebel ninjas from various countries.
“With so many dead, I wonder how many rebel ninjas there are left.”
Huang took some evidence from these people. This was his and Itachi’s mission in coming to the Land of Demons.
Walking further, I suddenly heard a voice.
“I didn’t expect you to find me so soon? Isn’t she the Miroku Miko?”
A man in a black robe appeared in front of him, followed by more than a dozen shadowy figures that looked neither human nor ghost.
“Is this a ghost? It gives me a sinister and sinister feeling. It’s really unpleasant.”
Huang felt the cool sensation coming from his Sharingan eyes, and the goose bumps on his skin gradually subsided.
Yin attribute chakra is working.
“So he’s a ninja from Konoha. You guys leave him here. I’m going to create an undead army with Master Wuliang!”
Huang Quan ordered.
After obtaining the power of the monsters, more than a dozen low-ranking rebellious ninjas became extremely powerful.
A little Konoha ninja is not even qualified to be an appetizer for Lord Wuliang.
“Leave it to us!”
A few people walked out of the crowd and said with a grim smile on their faces.
“Draw your sword and cut!”
If you can take action, stop talking nonsense!
A cold light flashed, and the head fell off.
The art of fighting is a beautiful dance composed of countless killings.
The blood splattered into blooming beautiful scarlet flowers, and the long knife slashed through without a drop of blood.
This is the art of swordsmanship.
The three rebel ninjas had their heads cut off before they could even react.
“One knife!”
Huang flashed again and passed by Huang Quan’s shoulder.
“Did you see my movements clearly?”
Huang stopped in the distance, thinking back to the previous move. It was clearly aimed at Huang Quan’s neck, but it passed by his shoulder.
Ghost, is it on him?
“What a trouble! Is the ghost still on Huang Quan’s body at this time?”
He only had a vague impression of Huang Quan’s actions at that time.
Unexpectedly, Huang Quan was still possessed by evil spirits.
“At this level, you can’t die, so you can’t get up!”
From deep within the palace, a huge voice was heard; the real monster was speaking.
Huang Quan only possesses a part of the power of the monsters.
At this time, the monster did not appear on Huang Quan’s body.
Huang Quan also looked at the three people. Although their heads had fallen off, the monster power in their bodies was still there, so they would be fine.
“Hurry up and get up! How can you be such a loser and still work for the adults?”
Huang Quan cursed.
The next moment, the three men really climbed up from the ground, and their fallen heads were replaced, as if they had never been stabbed.
“I have to say, your sword is very fast, but it’s useless! Come on, boy, I’ll stand here and give you a hundred cuts with my sword! Hahaha…” One of the rebel ninjas touched his neck and laughed arrogantly.
Huang frowned. The opponent had the trait of immortality, which made him very troublesome indeed.
The enemy is immune to physical damage, what should I do?
If you have any doubts about external affairs, ask Google. If you have any doubts about internal affairs, ask Baidu… Ugh, you should ask the system.
“System, is there a way to restrain the abilities of the monsters?”
Huang asked in his heart.
The system’s lottery interface responded to Huang.
lottery?
That’s really a good idea!
“Well, let’s do a ‘ten-draw combo’ first!”
Ten consecutive draws means investing 100,000 sword-swinging experience points at one time.
Although it was painful, Huang knew that there would be no gains if he was not willing to invest.
Soon, the lottery results came out:
【Congratulations on winning the prize: 5 million taels of cash (white).】
[Congratulations on winning the prize: 100 Explosive Talismans (white).]【Congratulations on winning the prize: Dali Pill (green). 】
[Congratulations on winning the prize: Kocho Shinobu’s Poison Mastery (Purple). ]The ones in front were all rubbish, only the last prize made Huang’s eyes light up.
Kocho Shinobu’s Poison Mastery: Mastering the secret of toxins that restrain ghosts or spirits can make fighting ghosts easier. Note: If it can destroy you, then I am happy to accept death – Kocho Shinobu.
Shinobu Kocho, a character in Demon Slayer: Kimetsu no Yaiba.
She is the Insect Pillar in the Demon Slayer Corps and the owner of the Demon Slayer Corps’ medical facility “Butterfly House”.
Shinobu Kocho is proficient in pharmacy and toxicology, and is good at poisoning.
Because of his lack of strength, he is the only swordsman among the pillars who cannot cut off a demon’s head, but he is good at making poisons to make up for his lack of strength.
“Perfect!”
Huang smiled.
Just based on this poison mastery skill that can restrain ghosts and spirits, these ten consecutive draws are worth it!
Chapter 045 A Perfect Cooperation (Old Version)
“You said you would stand there and let me chop you a hundred times?”
Huang looked at the arrogant rebel ninja, and at the same time secretly tempered the blade with the vine flower poison given by the system.
“Don’t even mention a hundred strikes. I’ll give you ten thousand strikes…”
Before the rebel ninja could finish his words, a cold light arrived.
Puff! Puff! Puff!
With one blow, three heads fell to the ground again.
This time, the three people lay on the ground for a long time and could not get up again, as if they were really dead.
“Hey ;-), the toxin worked.”
Immediately afterwards, a system prompt came from Huang’s mind, indicating that the three rebel ninjas brought more than 30,000 sword-wielding experiences.
Each one is over ten thousand, which is almost the strength of a jonin, close to the level of an elite jonin.
People of this level are pillars of any village.
Some low-ranking rebellious ninjas suddenly became so powerful with the help of the power of monsters.
This is the power of monsters!
However, Huang now has something that can specifically restrain spiritual beings such as monsters.
Vine flower toxin is a spiritual poison.
A potion specifically designed to kill ghosts and monsters.
“Since it works, then this time, we must complete the third stage of the sword-wielding mission.”
Huang planned secretly, looking at Huang Quan’s figure.
Why doesn’t this guy leave? Is he planning to stay here and let me kill him?
At this time, Huang was eager for Huang Quan to summon the army of ghosts so that he could gain experience in cutting melons and vegetables with a knife.
Huang formed seals again, his hands moved quickly, and he stretched out his right hand, making a handsome and seductive gesture.
If Uchiha Huang had not been born, the swordsmanship would have been as dark as eternity.
“Sword!”
A long sword leaped out of thin air and stopped floating in front of Huang.
A gentle breeze blew, and people’s heads rolled behind him.
Four more people fell to the ground, their bodies turning into ashes.
Falling into mud and turning into dust,
Turn into spring mud to protect the flowers.
No body will be left intact under the dagger.
“This… How is this possible? What kind of monster! A demon!!!”
One of the rebel ninjas was so frightened that he was stunned. He possessed the power of a monster, but he called others monsters.
He was originally very proud of his own power, but who knew that he could not even withstand a single move in front of others.
When did Konoha have such a powerful ninja?
“White Fang! White Fang is alive!”
A Sand Ninja rebel in his forties collapsed on the ground, shaking with fear and with no will to fight at all.
The former Konoha White Fang cast too big a shadow on the Sand Ninja.
After the battle with White Fang, he decided to defect and no longer participate in the second battle between Sand Village and Konoha…
After wandering for so many years and being away from the Fire Nation for so long, I can still see such terrifying swordsmanship.
At this moment, he was desperate.
He swung the kunai and stabbed it directly into his heart.
But with the power of monsters in his body, how could he die easily?
Even with a kunai stuck in his heart, he still stood up unsteadily.
“The power of Lord Wuliang gives people the ability to be immortal!”
Huang Quan shouted.
The man who committed suicide stood up again, bringing great confidence to the group.
“Go, wake up the ghost army!”
The voice of the ghost reached Huang Quan’s ears. Through the two attempts just now, the ghost discovered the strangeness of Huang.
For the first time, he was scared.
There is someone in the world who actually has the power to restrain him.
Wuliang felt that the power he injected into several substitutes was dissolved by a special substance and eventually disappeared.
“I must take my body back! I must take it back! Only in this way can I regain my true power and become a god. The mortals before me are nothing but ants in front of God.”
This was the first time that Wuliang felt fear, and he was very apprehensive about the power of restraint.
Huang continued to deal with the remaining rebellious ninjas. He saw Huang Quan sneaking away from the corner of his eye and smiled.
I have been holding back my strength for so long because I’m afraid of hurting you by accident!
How can I gain experience without your millions of undead troops?
After Huang Quan left, Huang showed a cruel smile on his face, holding the Kusanagi sword in his right hand and a dagger in his left hand.
The crazy killing has begun!
Wuliang realized that something was wrong and ordered the remaining ten rebel ninjas to attack together. All kinds of ninjutsu broke out in an instant.
Like fireworks exploding, water jutsu, fire jutsu, earth jutsu – came one after another.
Countless combination attacks, extremely clever.
Restricting vision, restricting limbs, suppressing evasive directions, and using all kinds of experienced attack routines, all attacked Huang together.
This was a feast of ninjutsu and a perfect coordination.
Under the command of the demon, and with the increase of powerful strength, chakra seems to have no limit…
At this moment, Huang smiled.
As long as you get within three meters of Huang, all attacks will collapse instantly.
The ninjutsu is ineffective, but the sword energy is coming!
The sword energy was swift and fierce, cutting all the rebellious ninjas in half.
The rebel ninja who was cut in half by the sword energy had not yet died completely. Under the power of the monster, he retained a trace of breath and stretched out his purple-red tentacles, ready to reunite.
“This kind of thing is really troublesome. Who would like tentacles? It’s so perverted! Such disgusting purple tentacles.”
But soon, the vine flower toxin took effect and ended their lives.
God knows why the first generation of witches created such a thing. With so many branching tentacles, it should be too much to take care of them, right? (Evil laugh)
Chapter 046: The Last Expansion of the Ghost (Old Version)
Huang Quan hurriedly ran out of the underground palace without having time to care about the surrounding situation and fled as fast as possible.
Uchiha Itachi followed Huang’s orders and stayed outside closely monitoring the surrounding situation.
The moment Huang Quan appeared, Uchiha Itachi discovered him.
“Shadow Clone Technique!”
Uchiha Itachi formed seals with his hands, released a shadow clone on the spot, and then quietly followed behind Huang Quan.
Huang Quan fled all the way, following the instructions of the monster in his mind, and headed step by step to where the ghost army was.
A large canyon with steep cliffs on three sides and only one side open, facing the Shrine of the Goddess of the Land of Demons.
Uchiha Itachi followed behind and witnessed Huang Quan’s every move.
Shortly after Huang Quan left the underground palace, Huang’s figure appeared.
Seeing Itachi’s shadow clone, he secretly thought he had miscalculated.
“Itachi please don’t silence Yomi.”
Huang deliberately released Huang Quan because he wanted him to quickly summon an army of ghosts so that he could gain experience in swordsmanship.
According to Itachi’s strength, it will take him some effort to kill Yomi, but winning should not be a big problem.
“Which way did the enemy go?”
Itachi Uchiha’s shadow clone pointed in a direction and replied, “Go that way, the real body is following behind.”
Huang glanced at him and said, “I’m telling you, don’t act rashly! Keep your distance and get the intelligence clear. It’s not our mission to deal with the troubles of the Demon Country. Our mission is to protect the miko and eliminate the rebellious ninjas.”
As soon as he finished speaking, Huang swung his sword and let the clone send his words directly back into Uchiha Itachi’s brain.
Huang was about to chase after them when he suddenly saw a group of people appear.
The Maiden Maiden came with a group of warrior guards, without any regard for her own safety.
Huang walked up to the Maitreya priestess with a gloomy face.
“What’s going on? What are you doing here?”
“How is the situation now? Have the enemies been eliminated? I’ll come over to help you. The monster has a special personality. Ordinary forces cannot stop him.”
Miroku replied.
She saw the displeasure on Huang’s face.
“Don’t wander around. As the client, you should believe in our ability. If you don’t believe us, you shouldn’t have hired us in the first place. Now that we have accepted the mission, you have to leave it to me.”
Miroku himself has certain strength, but it is definitely not as good as those top ninjas.
“I see. I’m sorry for causing you trouble.”
The Miroku priestess answered very sincerely.
She also realized her mistake and apologized sincerely.
Faced with someone who gave in so quickly, Huang didn’t know what to say next.
“What’s the situation now?”
Miroku asked again.
“So far, everything is under my control.”
Maitreya is a very good person and he keeps a very upright attitude.
Talking to such a person is like punching cotton.
“Has the monster broken the seal?”
Miroku asked.
Huang’s words were equivalent to saying nothing.
“No.”
“That’s good, the situation is not serious.”
Huang looked at her unhappily. He really didn’t know why she lost her life while fighting against monsters.
Given the current situation of the monster, it can’t threaten Maitreya’s life in any way.
Although Maitreya is a woman, her true power is far more than that.
She is not Shion, and her power has been sealed.
On the contrary, Maitreya has been practicing and has become very powerful.
He is proficient in sealing techniques and can predict part of the future. His strength is stronger than that of ordinary jonin.
“I’ll go in and take a look first. Please wait a moment, Mr. Huang.”
Miroku then said.
Led several guards into the underground palace.
When you enter the palace, you will be greeted by the corpses left behind by the internal strife among the rebel ninjas. Walking further inside, you can see the battlefield where Huang is.
After some processing by Huang, the specific battle situation and the identities of the combatants can no longer be seen.
However, the scope of the battle and the number of enemies can still be seen from the battlefield and the bodies of the dead.
The seventeen bodies lying on the ground were all killed by a single knife.
The wound was so obvious that there was not even any sign of finishing blow.
Miroku carefully inspected the bodies and muttered, “How is this possible? They clearly obtained the power of the monsters, why did they all die here?”
“Are the ninjas of Konoha so powerful? The power attached to the monsters can only be defeated by sealing them, but now they are all dead here…”
“Such a bizarre thing has no record at all in ancient books.”
“Konoha, does it have the power to destroy the monsters?”
Several thoughts flashed through Maitreya’s mind. She had come here with the mentality that she would die, ready to use her life to seal the monster again.
In the world, only the witch can restrain the power of monsters. By fusing seals, she can continuously delay the negative impact and balance the power of monsters.
Doing this is just a last resort. When the power of a certain generation of witches becomes too weak to suppress the monsters, the monsters will inevitably break the seal and come out.
By then, the monsters cultivated by several generations of priestesses will be more terrifying than the Otsutsuki clan.
“Miroku, where did you find this guy? He actually has the power to eliminate spirits. We must get rid of him. Only in this way can we ensure that the lineage of the miko will be passed down forever!”
The voice of the monster came from the depths of the palace into Maitreya’s ears.
Miroku had a shocked look on his face.
The ghost would actually beg her for mercy?
“It” was really scared and actually abandoned its hatred for the witch’s power for countless years.
Ever since the power of the first generation of witches was divided into two, and the evil side turned into monsters, it has been sealed.
The kind side survives in the form of witches, passing on from generation to generation.
Each generation of witches will merge with the monsters again, suppress the monsters’ growing evil emotions, and seal them again.
Therefore, the ghosts possess the spiritual thoughts of every generation of witches.
The witch’s soul merged with the monsters and was suppressed by the evil force, unable to extricate herself.
Originally thinking that she would never disappear, the monsters never took the witch seriously.
But when he really met his opponent, he was scared.
He began to instigate Maitreya to use the power of the witch to help “it” solve the big problem of Huang.
“Haha, really?”
Maitreya’s expression at this moment was completely different from before.
The mission of each generation of witches makes her feel suffocated.
Generation after generation of priestesses placed all their hopes on the next generation.
The same is true for Maitreya. It is passed down from generation to generation. By the time of Shion’s generation, the strength has reached a terrifying level.
Miroku hopes that Shion will be able to control her power in the future, and use this power passed down from her ancestors to completely eliminate the monsters and escape the fate of being a witch.
“If I can destroy the monster, then Shion will no longer be bound by fate…”
After Maitreya learned the news, an idea slowly emerged in his mind, and eventually this idea gradually filled his entire heart.
“Wangliang, get ready for your final expansion! Every time negative emotions expand, the witch will sacrifice her life to seal you. This time… heh!”
A sneer appeared on Maitreya’s lips. She could do anything for her daughter.
Even if it means eating a little shota!
Chapter 047: Only when you are alive can you complete the mission! (Old version)
Maitreya was not moved by the words of the monster.
Since childhood, he has been oppressed by the pressure of the witch and is full of dissatisfaction with monsters.
She wished that the Wuliang would die immediately. How could she help the Wuliang just because of a few words from the Wuliang and remembering that the Wuliang and the witch were one?
Wuliang tried to win over the miko to fight against the Konoha ninja together, but this was impossible.
Miroku didn’t reply, but sneered.
He waved his sleeves and left with a group of guards.
Outside the palace, Huang was still waiting.
When Maitreya came out and saw Huang, he glanced at the two swords, one long and one short, on his waist, and the two long swords behind him without leaving a trace.
This man has four knives!
In Miroku’s impression, Uchiha Itachi did not seem to be particularly good at swordsmanship, and the possibility of killing those subordinates of Wuliang was only 20%.
Huang’s dress, attitude and temperament account for 80% of the possibility.
Uchiha Huang rested his left hand on the hilt of his sword, his grey kimono slightly opened, revealing his muscular chest.
The weather was a bit hot, so Huang opened his collar a little.
Feeling Maitreya’s gaze, Huang pulled up his collar and asked, “Is everything ok?”
Miroku smiled and nodded, saying, “No problem.”
“Let’s go, do you know where the ghost army of Wuliang is?”
The witch has been passed down for so many years and has been operating in the Land of Ghosts for so long, so she must be familiar with the surrounding situation.
“I know. What happened?”
“The ghost army is about to be resurrected.”
Huang uttered a sentence slowly, shocking everyone.
Miroku couldn’t keep the smile on his face and said in panic, “Really?”
After asking, he asked again: “When?”
The ghost army, the undead legion of monsters, the invincible army recorded in ancient books.
With the death of the monster, he fell into a long sleep.
“have no idea.”
A refreshing upgrade is about to begin.
Uchiha Itachi followed behind Huang Quan and noticed Huang Quan’s improper behavior. He was about to stop him but was suddenly reminded by his shadow clone.
He immediately stopped and hid quietly aside.
“What exactly is Huang planning? This guy’s actions are very strange.”
Itachi was thinking about what Huang was doing when he suddenly saw a very horrifying scene.
Countless stone men crawled out from the ground. Each stone puppet was very burly. With Itachi’s current height, it only reached a little above the puppet’s waist.
Hundreds and thousands of stone puppets moved at the same time, the earth shook, the whole world turned upside down, and a huge wail was heard.
Boom boom
The rumbling became more and more intense. The surrounding cliffs began to collapse and thunder was heard on the flat ground.
“I didn’t expect a little mouse to follow me.”
Huang Quan’s figure appeared in front of Uchiha Itachi, looking at Itachi with a sneer on his face.
Itachi’s eyes turned red, three magatama appeared, and he used an illusion first.
“That’s pretty quick! The illusion was cast in seconds.”
Huang Quan praised.
It’s like a cat playing with mouse.
Itachi remained silent, his face expressionless, as he simulated various battles in his mind, trying to find the opponent’s loopholes.
“Fire Style: Fire Dragon Bullet Technique!”
Itachi formed seals with both hands, and his movements were so swift that they resembled those formed with one hand.
After the ninjutsu was released, six shurikens flew out and the attacks continued.
Huang Quan dodged them one by one, keeping a playful expression on his face.
In his eyes, this little ninja was already a dead person.
However, Uchiha Itachi’s three magatama were able to see through his attacks, allowing him to barely remain undefeated.
After persisting for a long time, a large amount of chakra was consumed, and the body gradually became tired. A group of stone puppets approached.
Are you going to die here?
This thought flashed through Uchiha Itachi’s mind, and all kinds of memories came to his mind in an instant.
“Sasuke, I’m sorry I couldn’t teach you once…”
Finally, Itachi’s mind flashed back to his brother’s adorable smile, and he stretched out his hand slightly, trying to give him another head-bang.
this……
This is really the last time.
Closing his eyes, Itachi prepared for his final frenzy. He maintained the consumption of his chakra, drew the short knife from his back, and began to kill crazily.
The stone puppets were destroyed one by one by him, and then restored to their original state.
“Die!”
Huang Quan suddenly attacked, and a huge tentacle stretched out from his body and directly pinched Uchiha Itachi.
There is no chance!
Itachi held the ninja sword against his chest. His chakra was almost exhausted and he could only use physical skills to barely maintain it.
Faced with this fatal blow, there was no power to resist.
At this critical moment, a flying sword passed through and floated in the air.
The tentacles that Huang Quan stretched out were cut off by this sword.
“Kusanagi Sword: Sky Sword!”
The long sword flew back into the man’s hand.
Seeing the face of the person who came, Uchiha Itachi breathed a sigh of relief. He finally arrived.
“You are so pitiful! Itachi, if you can’t beat me, just run! Stay here. If I hadn’t come, you would have died here this time.”
“This is a mission. The task I received is to monitor the surrounding situation. The enemies coming out of the palace are one of the unexpected situations.” Itachi replied.
After Huang came, he felt relieved and the tone of his voice became much more relaxed.
“Haha, idiot, you can only complete the task while you are still alive!” Huang laughed and scolded.
It feels great to see a genius get humiliated.
This inflexible mind is smart but stubborn, talented, but terrible at handling the emotions around it.
But it was this brain that opened the Mangekyō Sharingan effortlessly.
“Go and protect the Miroku Miko. Leave this to me!”
Huang said directly.
With a wave of his hand, he signaled Uchiha Itachi to leave.
Itachi left without hesitation. His trust in Kirari had been established since the battle with Orochimaru and had grown deeper and deeper until now.
Some of Huang’s words gradually influenced his words and deeds.
Chapter 048 Then go die! (Old version)
Huang Quan, who had been silent all the time, watched Uchiha Itachi leave and did not chase him. He looked at Huang fiercely.
This person once posed a huge threat to him.
Did he get rid of the dozen or so rebel ninjas who were left behind so quickly?
When his subordinates unite together, they can, in some ways, rival Ying.
Coupled with their self-healing and resurrection abilities and their huge chakra, any weaker Kage would be dragged to death by them.
But facing the person in front of him, he couldn’t even last half an hour.
A flash of cold light interrupted Huang Quan’s thoughts.
Huang’s figure turned into a gust of breeze and penetrated into the vast army.
One general’s success is the result of the sacrifice of thousands of soldiers.
The stone puppets that were invincible in front of Uchiha Itachi were now as fragile as straws, and fell down in large numbers under the flash of swords and sabers.
An art of chopping and slashing, very wild!
The long sword is the baton of this art, and the dancing of demons forms a beautiful dance.
“Death happens in an instant.”
The undead army fell down in droves, and in the blink of an eye, a large area around them was cleared.
Huang Quan’s eyes were bloodshot, his face was full of rage, and he shouted madly: “Kill! Kill! Kill! Kill him for me, all of you, come at me! With millions of troops, there is no way they can’t do anything to a ninja!”
Under Huang Quan’s command, countless stone puppets gathered together and approached Huang step by step.
Huang holds two swords, and each slash can easily cut through the enemy.
Once, twice, three times.
Ten times, a hundred times, a thousand times.
It’s like entering a deserted place.
Before they knew it, they had reached the center of the battlefield.
Killing like crazy!
However, human power is limited. Among thousands of troops, even the strongest man will eventually become exhausted and fall down.
Is this really true?
No, Huang used his trump card – lottery!
While gaining experience in sword-swinging, you are also constantly consuming experience in sword-swinging to draw prizes.
Maybe the system also knows that Huang is in urgent need of something now. There are no other good things, but there are enough various endurance medicines.
Small Huandan, Big Huandan, Mighty King Kong Pill, Super Bingliang Pill…
The various recovery potions drawn provided Huang with a steady supply of endurance.
So, the following picture appeared.
With round after round of killing, Huang’s attack range became larger and larger, and more and more stone puppets were killed. The stone puppets crawling out from the ground gradually could not keep up with Huang’s sweeping speed.
Huang Quan was so angry when he saw this scene that he was shaking all over. He kept summoning the army of ghosts to appear. Huang Quan shouted louder and louder, and more and more frequently, but the stone puppets appeared slower and slower.
One hour, two hours…
Time is passing.
Finally, Huang Quan’s hoarse voice was still calling, his eyes were lifeless and full of decadence, and a stream of blood flowed from the corner of his mouth, dripping onto the ground, staining it red.
Despite this, he still shouted.
Calling to the sleeping dead in the distance, calling to the endless abyss.
However, the abyss did not favor him.
Or, just said it to him softly.
“Get lost, I don’t have anyone left!”
No matter what the reason was, fewer and fewer stone puppets appeared, and Huang, who was in a state of madness, gradually came to his senses, stopped, and walked to Huang Quan’s side.
At this time, Huang Quan had collapsed to the ground, unable to stand up.
Blood was flowing from his mouth and his throat was broken. Tiny tentacles were constantly repairing his throat, and Huang Quan’s screams could be vaguely heard.
“Can you name some more? Huangquan Undead Mage!”
Huang squatted down, looked at Huang Quan’s defeated appearance and pale face, and asked expectantly.
His face was full of sincere expressions.
Huang Quan opened his eyes, his eyeballs turned white, and a low howl came from his throat, with resentment written all over his face.
“I’m still short of 100,000…”
Huang had no idea how much experience he had gained in sword swinging.
Because he was fighting to support himself, while gaining a lot of experience in swordsmanship, he also consumed a lot of experience in drawing lots.
Huang was so excited about the killing that he forgot to count how many stone puppets he had killed.
Killing people is too easy to become addicted.
The feeling of mowing the lawn is so refreshing.
This is the joy of a swordsman.
“Hehe…”
Huang Quan was still trying to speak. At this time, the remaining stone puppets were still approaching Huang. Wuliang was furious and cursing in the seal of the underground palace.
What a useless thing! So many troops haven’t been summoned yet and my body can’t take it anymore.
Huang Quan did not know the dark medical ninjutsu at this time, and his self-healing ability was not strong. It was really not easy for him to persist in accepting the power of the monster for such a long time.
“Can you still summon?”
Seeing Huang Quan gasping for breath, Huang asked excitedly.
He’s still alive! He’s still breathing!
I still need 100,000 sword-swinging experiences. It would be great if I could continue to kill puppets, just like practicing martial arts.
There are still many recovery potions I won from the lottery that I haven’t used yet.
One hundred thousand is almost the sword-wielding experience rewarded by a Kage-level warrior.
Huang Quan, you are not qualified yet.
Faced with Huang’s repeated questioning, Huang Quan’s face turned red, his eyes opened with bloodshot, and his eyeballs seemed like they would explode in an instant.
“Can I?”
“Huh…”
The response was a low roar that broke the wind.
“Puff.”
Huang stood up and released the Kusanagi sword. The sword fell down and directly pierced Huang Quan’s head. Countless tentacles tried to pull out the sword, but the poison on the blade caused bursts of green smoke.
This guy is no longer useful.
Then go to hell!
In the end, Huang Quan brought Huang nearly 20,000 sword-wielding experiences.
He is at the elite jonin level, and still looks like he is about to die. If he were still alive and well, the reward would be even higher.
“Next, if we deal with the monsters, it should be enough for one million.”
He was quite satisfied that he was able to complete the third stage of the sword-wielding mission this time.
Just after he executed Huang Quan, the priestess Miroku suddenly appeared and looked at Huang with excitement.
Ever since Huang started fighting with the stone puppets, she had been hiding in the dark and observing. After discovering that Huang was capable of dealing with the undead army, she finally identified his target.
Uchiha Huang is the savior of the Demon Country!
Chapter 049: The Scapegoat (Old Version)
Witnessing everything before his eyes, from the moment Huang drew his sword to the final killing of Huang Quan, Maitreya saw with his own eyes the undead army recorded in ancient books, disintegrated by the crazy slashing of two swords.
One man, two swords, left a great shock in Maitreya’s heart.
The once invincible monster was like a clown in front of him and could only scream and wail.
Amidst all the contrasts, this thirteen or fourteen-year-old boy had a golden glow in her eyes.
As the stone puppet fell, he became more and more excited, until finally, he couldn’t help but run out.
He is the hope of the Ghost Kingdom.
The only hero who saved her and her daughter.
Maitreya is willing to give everything for his daughter to live a stable life in the future, for the peace and tranquility of the Ghost Kingdom, and for the people to not have to live in fear.
Even if it was herself, she was willing.
In her heart, her daughter is the sky and the kingdom of ghosts is the earth, and she is willing to sacrifice herself for the sky and the earth.
“Huang Jun!”
Maitreya ran over quickly, and when he found that Huang was able to cause damage to the monster, he was so excited that he couldn’t calm down for a long time.
Huang turned his head and looked at the person who came.
“What’s wrong? Why are you here again?”
Huang was a little speechless. The person he was protecting always disregarded his own safety. Wasn’t this intentional attempt to make his mission fail?
Uchiha Itachi doesn’t think highly of her!
Huang Quan did not cause any injuries to Uchiha Itachi, it was just that his chakra was severely depleted under the siege of the stone puppets and Huang Quan, and he would almost recover after a while.
“Where is Uchiha Itachi? Where is he? Why isn’t he following you? I’ll teach him a lesson. He’s the most perfect ninja, but he lost even the target he was supposed to protect.” Huang asked.
Looking at Miroku’s excited expression, he thought Miroku had some opinions and decided to calm her down.
Pull Itachi out to take the blame.
Itachi was standing nearby at this time, and he pretended not to notice.
This is the first time that Huang has led a team on a mission, and the first time he has been a captain since he became a Genin.
It’s an S-level mission, so it’s very important. How can we be careless?
Ever since Huang knew that Miroku was rushing to the battlefield from the shrine, he realized his mistake. For this kind of escort mission, someone must accompany the employer.
It wasn’t an oversight before, he was aware of this, but their team was small and the shrine was very safe. Itachi’s intelligence showed that all the rebellious ninjas were not targeting the miko, so he ignored this point.
Huang was worried that Miroku would be angry about this, so he immediately pulled Itachi out.
Make sure your employer is satisfied! Don’t get emotional and try to smooth things over with your employer.
“Here I am…”
Itachi’s faint voice came from behind the two of them.
This Huang is so abominable!
Itachi didn’t believe that with his perception ability, he didn’t know that he had been followed, but he still said this.
He must have done it on purpose.
Itachi could even feel the strong smile on Kirara’s face.
“Don’t lose me next time.”
Huang pretended to scold.
It feels so good to be able to let Itachi, the young chief of the Uchiha clan, the genius of Konoha, and the god of war in the eyes of many people, take the blame.
The process of training Uchiha Itachi begins now.
Now, Itachi is the scapegoat.
Itachi is indeed a gifted man, and he did a great job taking the blame for the first time.
No need to remind, we have a tacit understanding.
Responded audibly and retreated silently.
Let’s start with working together. In a team, there is always a bad guy and a good guy, one who takes the blame and one who takes the credit.
The reward is enjoyed by one person alone and the credit is shared equally. This is to reduce Itachi’s sense of honor for the village, to cultivate his noble sentiment of regarding money as dirt, and to bear all the sufferings by himself. Huang’s painstaking training has just begun.
“It’s none of Itachi-kun’s business. I have a request! I hope Huang-kun can agree to it. I’m very sorry to ask you to do this outside of the mission!”
Maitreya bowed deeply, his long hair falling like a waterfall to the ground.
Her attitude was so sincere that she forgot to hide it.
Huang pondered for a moment and did not answer directly. Instead, he stretched out his hand slightly and helped Maitreya up.
I don’t know whether she did it intentionally or unintentionally.
It was not until the moment she bent down that Huang realized that this witch was so attractive.
“It’s getting dark soon, let’s go back first!”
Huang evaded the question.
If he continued like this, he was worried that he would get blinded.
“Lord Huang, as long as you can agree to my request! I am willing to do anything you ask me to do. Even if it is the Ghost Country, I can still be attached to the Fire Country.”
Miroku raised his head, unwilling to get up, and added more.
Huang put force on his hands, glanced at the scenery elsewhere, and his gaze wandered around.
“It’s getting late, and I promised Xiao Ziyuan to treat her to delicious food, so we should go back quickly!”
In this situation, Huang felt how difficult it was for Naruto to give that frank answer.
Now it’s buy one get one free…
Huang didn’t want to make an irrational decision because of a momentary distraction.
What if this witch intends to let him marry into her family? This… is not impossible, right?
Throw all the delusions out of your mind, silently recite “Amitabha”, and your mind will gradually become clear.
“I’m still a child, I can’t think too much… How about raising him first… Ahem, let’s talk about it in a few years.” Huang secretly had a bad idea.
At Huang’s insistence, Miroku finally stood up and followed the two back to the shrine.
The progress was delayed on the road because Maitreya was too slow.
“It’s so slow. We won’t be back until the next morning.”
Itachi said aloud as he watched the two’s speed.
Maitreya is not a ninja, and his traveling speed is at most slightly faster than that of ordinary people.
“How about you carry me on your back?”
On Miroku’s mature face, there was a cunningness that did not belong to his age.
“I?”
Huang pointed at himself and asked back.
He looked towards Itachi, trying to use him as a mount.
Itachi turned his head away without leaving a trace, pretending not to hear it.
“Uh-huh.”
Miroku nodded quickly. Apart from her figure, she didn’t look like a mother at all…
Huang sighed inwardly, this wife’s cuteness is sometimes countless times more lethal than that of a mature woman.
If she had been like this just now, would I have been able to control myself?
Huang asked himself secretly, and the answer he got in the end was unknown.
no way.
In order to destroy the monsters, the witch threw away even the last bit of her dignity.
This shows her deep hatred for monsters.
Huang had no choice but to carry her on his back and hurry back to the shrine using flash.
Arriving at the entrance of the shrine.
I happened to see Xiao Ziyuan sitting on the stone steps at the entrance of Shenmen, quietly looking at the scenery in the distance.
When he saw several figures approaching, he jumped up happily.
“Mom is back! Mom is back! And big brother! They’re all back! Hehehe…”
Because she was too excited, the pink ribbon tied in Xiao Shion’s hair accidentally slipped off, and her light yellow hair fluttered in the wind.
After getting down from Huang’s back, Maitreya felt very upset.
This guy is stubborn and very difficult to deal with.
Maitreya was so angry that he felt pain. Is this guy really a piece of wood?
She had never been so close to anyone since she was born, but it still didn’t work.
This huge blow made Maitreya begin to doubt his life.
In my mind, I kept calculating my age from birth to now.
For a moment, she almost thought that she was really old.
I am only 24 years old! Damn it!
Chapter 050 No One Thinks Money Is Too Much (Old Version)
It is late at night at the Shrine of the Devil’s Country.
Huang is still busy making the last dish.
slice!
Slice the meat!
Lamb slices!
The Land of Ghosts is located in the north, adjacent to the Land of Snow, and the weather is cold.
When Huang first came here, he was not very adaptable. After practicing for a period of time, he became familiar with the environment.
There are many delicious foods to eat when the weather is cold.
Among them, Huang likes it the most!
hot pot!
Hot pot requires preparation of ingredients. There are not many vegetables in the Land of Demons, but there is a lot of meat.
In such an urgent situation, hot pot can be considered a relatively quick meal.
A group of people were asked to wash the vegetables, while Huang was responsible for making the hot pot base and boiling the soup base.
Considering the presence of Xiao Ziyuan, Huang considerately made a double-pot.
One with red pepper soup and one with clear tomato soup.
The side dishes were cleaned with the help of the guards.
Huang personally cut the food and arranged the dishes, and prepared the seasonings for the four people before calling them in.
“So simple? Why is there no meat from yesterday? Brother Huang!”
When Xiao Shiyuan saw the dishes on the big table, her face showed some dissatisfaction.
Yesterday, she ate a sweet meat dish made by Huang and is still thinking about it.
There is also a dish of glutinous meatballs, which I will never forget.
Maitreya was also surprised. She thought Huang would take a while and consider the conditions to impress Huang.
“Aren’t these raw?”
Miroku also asked.
Uchiha Itachi had a cold face and a frown on his face.
Such a casual dish…
He thought Itachi was making fun of him again, but ever since he teamed up with Itachi, he felt that Itachi’s way of doing things was gradually changing.
Itachi’s originally gloomy mood gradually became cheerful.
He himself did not notice the changes in himself.
“Isn’t there a pot? Just dip the food in the pot and eat it with the sauce. This way of eating is very suitable for cold weather.”
Huang explained.
First, pick up a piece of lamb slice and put it into the pot.
The mutton is very tender and is cut into thin slices by Huang’s superb knife skills. It is crystal clear and can be taken out as soon as it is put into the pot.
There are not many dishes, only about ten, and there are several dishes of mutton alone.
For this meal, a sheep was slaughtered.
ox……
pig……
Anyway, all the related meats are available.
Vegetarian dishes include potatoes, taro, cabbage and so on.
Unfortunately, there were no meatballs and Huang didn’t have time to make them.
Although Xiao Ziyuan is young, she is very curious. She follows Huang’s example and picks up a piece of tender beef and puts it into the pot.
After rinsing it once, dip it in the sauce and swallow it in one gulp.
The beef slices were thin and shredded, but the pieces were quite large and filled Xiao Ziyuan’s mouth directly.
“Woo…woo!”
Xiao Ziyuan chewed for a while, and suddenly tears started streaming down her face.
It’s not because it’s delicious…
It’s a spicy taste.
Uncontrollably spicy!
Huang was still savoring the delicious mutton, and he immediately reacted when he saw this situation.
“Quick, get the milk! Fresh milk!”
The child did the same as him and put the beef into the red soup.
While Huang was taking care of Shion, Itachi also tried to pick up a potato and put it into the pot.
“Hmm…”
The itachi also rinsed it and dipped it in the sauce, went through the process, put it in his mouth, and took a light bite and found that the taste was not right.
“Not yet cooked?”
Miroku reminded weakly.
She didn’t expect that Itachi had no life experience at all. How could potatoes be cooked immediately after being put in?
Itachi’s face turned red. He really didn’t know much about the ingredients, and he didn’t know how to cook.
From childhood to adulthood, my family has always been prepared and I have devoted all my time to practice and tasks.
Most of the time, the itachi eats dry food or the bento prepared by its mother.
Raw ingredients are rare. In his eyes, all food is cooked when it is eaten…
“So this is what raw potatoes taste like!”
Itachi sighed and forced himself to swallow the bite of potato.
Then he quietly put down the remaining piece and turned silently to the plate of mutton.
Maitreya did not expose him, but quietly put some ingredients that needed to be cooked for a while into the pot.
She had some cooking experience, and after Huang’s demonstration, she knew how to eat it.
Apart from the unfamiliar techniques and some awkward movements due to their inexperience in the beginning, after becoming familiar with how to eat hotpot, everyone became addicted to its delicious taste.
Itachi was the most exaggerated. He used his hand speed to form hand seals and snatched several pieces of mutton from Huang’s hands, trying to attack Huang in this way.
The last piece of mutton is put into the pot.
“Take a deep breath!”
Huang took a deep breath and became fully concentrated.
This kid Itachi actually dared to steal his meat!
He must be taught a lesson to make him understand who is the captain and who is the boss!
Using chopsticks as a knife, Huang’s hand speed tripled and crushed Itachi.
“Illusion, magic, the art of shackles and hangs!”
Itachi’s eyes turned red, and he was completely anxious.
In the first confrontation with Kirari, he directly used the Sharingan.
Huang was not prepared and was hit directly. By the time he reacted, the mutton had already entered Itachi’s mouth.
Huang put a piece of tripe into the pot angrily and glanced at Uchiha Itachi! Remember you.
Miroku looked at the two of them in amazement. With Huang’s care, Xiao Ziyuan was still able to eat some meat and vegetables, so she had to make do with the potatoes that had been boiled for a while.
“So this is how ninjas eat?”
Miroku felt that he had learned a lot this time, and seeing Shion being so close to Huang, he couldn’t help but feel worried.
If my daughter became like this…it would be horrible.
Maitreya didn’t even dare to think about it and decided to focus on material conditions.
After a secret rivalry between Itachi and Kirara, the meal ended quickly.
Huang was slightly inferior in taking care of Xiao Ziyuan, and some of the meat and vegetables went into Xiao Ziyuan’s stomach.
Itachi smiled, a rare moment, before standing up, stretching, and walking out the door.
Miroku brought his daughter over and held her in his arms.
“Mr. Huang, you should know a lot about the monsters in the Land of Demons, right?”
After such a long period of buffering, Maitreya gradually recovered from his excitement and guessed that Huang should have some understanding of monsters, otherwise he would not have the means to restrain monsters.
Huang leaned against the door, holding two knives in his arms, without saying a word.
“I hope you can help the Ghost Country solve the big problem of ghosts. We can pay you.”
Miroku continued.
“Monster, I can help you deal with it, as long as you can afford the price.”
Money is a matter of principle.
Huang is not short of money, but no one thinks having too much money is wrong.
Eliminating the monsters is something that must be done, and why not do it if you can make more money?
After receiving Huang’s reply, Maitreya was overjoyed and quickly thanked Huang.
Huang shook his head and said, “I agree to your request for Ziyuan’s sake.”
Huang was deeply touched by Ziyuan’s ethereal mind.
A murderer sometimes also needs this kind of state of mind.
After all, when everything in Huang’s eyes is swinging a sword, this state is very dangerous and it is easy to become possessed!
Because of this, Huang is very friendly towards Shion.
Chapter 051 Itachi: He’s gotten stronger again! (Old version)
The monster that had been tormenting successive generations of Demon Kingdom priestesses became extremely weak after all external threats were eliminated.
Wuliang spent a lot of power on the ghost army, and his own power is not infinite.
Even though he was extremely powerful, he suffered a great loss after Huang killed so many stone puppets.
At this moment, he is still sealed, struggling to survive and trying to regain his strength.
“Damn it! Damn it!”
“That stupid woman Miroku actually refused to cooperate with me! If I perish, the witch’s thousand-year plan will all fail! The two are one, I live and she doesn’t die! Does she want to occupy the body alone? Damn it… Why did she seal me here?”
The ghosts were very upset. After the death of the first generation of witches, the beliefs passed down from generation to generation gradually changed.
The first generation of witches created the monster and separated it from their bodies. In addition to becoming stronger, they also wanted to keep a backup plan.
Otherwise, how could the monsters become stronger and stronger under the seal of generations of witches?
“A physical body…if there is a physical body! Why would you be afraid of that little ghost!?”
The monsters kept cursing. Inside the seal, there was nothing they could do except keep cursing.
Now, he is like a turtle in a cage, his life and death are in the hands of God.
Click, click, click…
There was a sound of a stone door opening, and the ghost’s eyes lit up, looking towards the entrance of the underground palace with anticipation.
The person who walked in… was Maitreya!
A familiar taste.
A familiar smell!
“Miroku! Miroku! You are finally here. You agree with my suggestion, right?”
“As long as we join forces, the whole world will be ours. You can have whatever you want…”
After the blow, Wuliang’s arrogant personality was completely restrained, and now he hopes that Maitreya can help him.
Now, the entire seal was constructed by the miko, and Miroku knows all about it.
“I want a daughter, and you can’t give me one!”
Maitreya smiled gently, and his smile gradually became cruel.
This monster who had tortured her all her life, she hated him to the core, including all the new and old grudges.
Since childhood, Miroku has accepted the philosophy instilled by his mother that everything in life is about sealing monsters, and there is no happiness at all.
After becoming a mother, Miroku didn’t want his daughter Shion to continue living the same life as himself.
Therefore, the monster must die.
“Where do I begin?”
Huang took out a bottle of vine flower toxin and said.
Itachi followed behind him, holding a kunai in his hand. The kunai showed a hint of dark green, proving that it was not ordinary.
“Wait for me to open a hole in the seal and pour it directly into the sealing formation.”
Things became much easier after learning from Huang that poison was the key to controlling the monsters.
“Sealing Technique: Shrink!”
Maitreya made a set of hand seals, compressed the formation that sealed the monsters, and gradually controlled it to a corner, leaving a light gate.
A corner of the monster’s tentacle stretched out from the light gate. Seeing this, Uchiha Itachi swung his hand quickly and cut it off directly.
The poisoned kunai brings great pain to the monsters.
“Oh! Oh! This… This is actually pain, like the feeling of being burned by flames… I can actually feel pain. After being sealed for such a long time, I have forgotten this feeling.”
There was a hint of joy in the monster’s painful wails.
It seemed that this pain brought him a different experience.
He seems to be enjoying it?
During the process of hesitation, the light gate extended a small tentacle…
Itachi seized the opportunity and struck again, his knife slashing down swiftly.
The small tentacle fell to the ground, and the cross-section was cut off. The remaining part turned into a small earthworm, trying to drill into the ground.
A short knife slipped and chopped the earthworm to death on the ground.
“Still want to run?”
This involves his experience of 100,000 times of swinging the sword, so how could he allow the monster to escape?
Due to the limitations of the seal, the monster could not exert much power, and due to the previous consumption of the ghost army, it was completely suppressed when facing Maitreya.
“Come on, it’s time to take your medicine.”
Miroku chuckled.
Huang opened the bottle cap and poured the poison directly into the light gate.
It was filled with the tentacles of monsters. When they came into contact with the poison, they emitted a foul stench and puffs of green smoke rose from the purple-red tentacles.
At this moment, the ghost’s painful wails stopped and turned into rapid shouts. From his voice, one could hear a sense of despair.
Due to the narrow space, they were unable to stretch out, and the poison had the same corrosive effect as sulfuric acid, constantly seeping into the interior.
After pouring half of the poison, Huang suddenly stopped what he was doing and left the remaining half of the poison in the bottle.
Maitreya looked at him in surprise and asked, “Why don’t you stop? Wuliang is about to die. I can already feel that he is gradually weakening. If you continue to pour the medicine, he will definitely die.”
She had never dared to think about being able to kill monsters before, but now she was about to do it.
Maitreya couldn’t help but reveal a brilliant smile on his face.
“Unlock the seal!”
Huang summoned the Kusanagi sword, smeared poison on the blade, and said to Miroku.
Miroku asked in disbelief: “Are you crazy? Or are you controlled by the monsters?”
“Wangliang is no longer a threat. Give him a quick death!”
Huang held the Kusanagi sword in his hand, and the three-foot-long sword emitted a dark green light, which was unusually bright in the dark palace.
If the ghost died simply from the poison, he might have no experience in wielding a sword.
To be on the safe side, Huang decided to kill it with his own hands!
“Sealing Technique: Release!”
Maitreya looked at Huang for a long time, and finally removed the seal.
For some unknown reason, Huang, who was standing not far away, showed an extremely strong self-confidence.
Anyone who sees him will not doubt his strength.
One person, one sword, becoming one.
Even if it was a god standing in front of Huang, he would swing his sword at the god.
After the seal was released, Uchiha Itachi hurriedly took Miroku out of the palace.
“He seems to be getting stronger again.”
Itachi muttered.
Every time I carry out a mission with Huang, I can see obvious growth in him.
This kind of growth is not reflected in ninjutsu or chakra, but a change in temperament.
Feeling this, Itachi couldn’t help but feel a sense of comparison in his heart.
I can’t fall behind!
He has been a genius since childhood, and this idea has never appeared in his mind before, but now it has quietly taken root in his heart.
Chapter 052: One Million Sword Swings, Done! (Old Version)
The sudden change lifted the seal.
When the ghost felt that the seal that bound its body disappeared, its body instantly expanded, and its poisoned body gradually disintegrated and broke apart.
After all the toxins were eliminated from the body, the figure shrank and returned to normal.
“Hahaha! You actually lifted the seal. Now no one can save you.”
The ghost flashed and suddenly rushed out of the palace.
After making big talk, just run away?
Huang was very disgusted when he saw this. He concentrated his mind and calmed down, then slashed out with his sword in an instant.
The speed was extremely fast, but the monster was not afraid at all. It let the blade pass through its body and go straight through without any damage.
Feeling Huang’s attack, Wuliang turned his head to look at Huang with a strange smile on his face.
It was an extreme mockery, as if making fun of Huang’s arrogance.
The tentacles continued to exert force and fled at a rapid speed.
Wuliang had no intention of fighting at all. The first thing he did when facing Huang was to run away.
His goal was clear, to run outside, seize a person’s body, then escape to the shrine where the body was sealed, and after occupying the body, he would fight Huang to the death.
Everyone must bear the consequences of their own arrogance.
Without Maitreya’s seal, the ghost had no choice but to fly out of the palace with his soul and take over the body of a guard.
“He escaped.”
Maitreya stared at the monster intently. The moment she decided to remove the seal, she was ready for the monster to escape.
Compared with Huang and others, she has a more thorough understanding of monsters.
As monsters composed of various negative emotions, Wuliang is insidious and cunning by nature.
Huang’s plan to fight him one-on-one was completely wishful thinking.
“Don’t do anything.”
Huang and Wuliang came out at the same time, and a blade of energy flew towards Wuliang’s position.
Worried that Maitreya would not be able to resist taking action, Huang reminded him again.
“Let’s… go!”
Maitreya will rely entirely on Huang and give him complete trust.
Isn’t the worst case scenario to proceed according to the original plan?
Holding the Kusanagi sword, Huang approached the monster step by step.
“Can’t I cut it? No, the sword can cut down any enemy.”
A murmur and silence.
Huang entered a state of sudden enlightenment in swordsmanship.
Wuliang raised his head and looked at Maitreya’s position. This woman was still so smart. She went straight to the position of the flesh body…
Then… I won’t go to the physical body, but go find a slightly inferior one myself.
Thinking this, Wuliang fled to the other side.
The soul body is not afraid of being slashed or sword energy, but it cannot stay in the world for too long.
So the monster must find a body, but once he has a body, he has weaknesses.
At this moment, Huang was only concerned with swinging his sword again and again, acting unconsciously.
I only remember the enemy in front of me – the monster.
Every strike had no trace, like a drunk man waving his sword around.
By the end of the swing, the Kusanagi sword in his hand had disappeared, and Huang used his palm as a knife, slashing there frantically.
“Everything can be a knife, everything can be cut!”
At this moment, Huang is the knife, and the knife is also Huang!
[Ding, congratulations to the host for realizing the realm of “the unity of man and sword”. ][Ding, congratulations to the host for comprehending the skill “Blade of Nothingness”. Note: Blade of Nothingness can break all bodies of nothingness.]Huang’s eyes became clear again, and after he came back to his senses from his sudden enlightenment, he found himself in an unfamiliar place.
The monster was running in front, and no one knew how long it had been running.
Turning around, he saw Huang stopped and was immediately overjoyed.
“Hahaha, can’t you run anymore?”
The ghost was overjoyed.
No one knew what had happened to Huang, as he kept attacking him unconsciously for such a long time. The two of them had run hundreds of miles and several hours had passed.
Huang never stopped attacking along the way.
Under such circumstances, ordinary people would have lost their chakra long ago, but Huang is still full of energy.
“Wangliang, you have made the final contribution by allowing me to comprehend a new realm of swordsmanship. Go to hell!”
Huang stood still, his right hand holding the dagger, entering a state of “man and sword becoming one”.
“Blade of Nothingness, cut!”
A simple and unpretentious swing of the knife.
The dagger cut through the light, forming a black light that disappeared in an instant.
“The sword cuts through nothingness.”
As soon as he swung the knife, he knew the final result.
No aids are needed, no poison is needed, just a normal attack.
With one sword, all the empty bodies are destroyed.
“ah!”
The monster let out a scream, and countless tentacles emerged from the human body. The body suddenly disintegrated and turned into balls of purple-red starlight.
The knife was not fast, but facing it, the ghost had no reaction. He struggled frantically in his heart, but his body did not move.
The world was frozen by this knife, and all things were watching where the knife was pointing.
Wrath, dead.
There was no trace of anything.
Even invisible undead can be killed with one sword.
This is the Blade of Nothingness.
“It’s just that this state… is too terrifying.”
He didn’t dare to use such a domineering sword technique all the time.
After too long, Lian Huang himself will turn into nothingness.
With just this one cut, Huang felt his body become weak for a moment.
Although the Void Blade is very powerful, its backlash is also very strong and cannot be used frequently.
The system does not remind you of this.
Was it a deliberate trap?
The biggest flaw of the Void Blade is not mentioned.
Once you enter this state, you will be assimilated by the power of nothingness…
After dealing with the monster, Huang was dazed for a while.
After coming to his senses, Huang noticed a large number of reminders appearing in the system.
A million swings of the knife – done!
Chapter 053 Obtained Reward: Ultra Instinct! (Old Version)
[Ding, congratulations to the host for completing the main mission of swinging the sword a million times. Current swinging sword experience: 1.04 million. Reward: Ultra Instinct.][Ding, congratulations to the host for triggering the new mainline mission: Everything is about swinging the sword. Note: With a sword in hand, I will go forward even if there are thousands of enemies.][Ding, all sword-swinging experience has been automatically converted into lottery points, and the sword-swinging mission has been cancelled. ][Ding, congratulations to the host for winning 104 draws. ][Ding, congratulations to the host for becoming a qualified swordsman and obtaining the title “Swordsman”. Note: Wearing this title allows the host to maintain his original intention when “slashing people” and not be afraid of the intrusion of the inner demon. ]Put away the knife and go home.
After a battle, you will benefit a lot.
The long-awaited Ultra Instinct was finally obtained, and he turned into the White God in the next second?
Huang found that he was overthinking, because he only mastered the basic form of Ultra Instinct, and the subsequent forms like “White God” required Huang to comprehend them himself.
There are five major forms of Ultra Instinct: entry, mastery, completion, peak, and perfection.
Huang’s mastery of Ultra Instinct is still in the entry-level stage.
After completing the third sword-swinging mission, Huang was finally freed from the tedious sword-swinging. However, the next task did not have a clear direction, which was a bit troublesome.
In addition, the system has also changed the lottery function. From now on, sword swing experience can no longer be directly exchanged for lottery draw times…
“Is the simple process of leveling up by killing monsters gone forever?”
Huang thought with some regret.
In the shrine, Maitreya knew it the moment Wuliang died.
There was no excitement, no shock, as if everything was expected.
There was only a feeling of relaxation all over my body, as if the shackles were freed at that moment.
At the entrance of the shrine, next to the Shinto gate.
Itachi stood beside the stone steps, leaning against the divine gate and looking quietly ahead.
Miroku held his daughter in his arms, squatting on the stone steps, teasing little Shion with a gentle smile on his face.
The few of them tacitly kept silent. The atmosphere was harmonious and the environment was filled with the cheerful sound of Ziyuan’s silver bells.
“You’re back. Is the monster dead?”
Itachi stood up straight and spoke out.
As the voice fell, Huang’s figure appeared in front of him.
“You still don’t know?”
Looking at Maitreya, logically speaking, the witch should be able to sense the death of a monster.
“I forgot to say…”
Miroku said embarrassedly.
Itachi didn’t say anything the whole time, just stood there quietly.
He didn’t even say hello to Ziyuan, and his cold expression kept people at a distance.
“Mission accomplished, we can go back now.”
“Is it done?”
That means that the monster was dealt with by Huang, and he made no contribution at all to this mission.
Even during the battle, he was saved by Huang.
Although Itachi has a very gentle personality, he felt a surge of envy and jealousy in his heart at this moment.
I envy Huang’s growth rate and hate my own uselessness!
Itachi tightened his sleeves, and the impulse in his heart emerged again.
The strength displayed by Huang was completely different from when they first met.
Originally he was stronger, but now the situation is completely reversed, and the gap in strength between the two is getting bigger and bigger.
People of the Uchiha family are arrogant in their bones.
A temperament cultivated by a wealthy family that has been around for thousands of years.
I’ll catch up with Huang even if it means risking my reputation as a genius!
The intense activity in his heart subsided in just a moment, and Itachi then spoke:
“Then why are we going back to the village?”
Huang was about to speak when Xiao Ziyuan suddenly ran over.
“Big Brother! Can I practice with you?”
Xiao Ziyuan hugged one of Huang’s legs and raised her head to look at him innocently.
Huang smiled and replied, “Okay, when Shion grows up, come to Konoha. Then I will teach you swordsmanship.”
As he spoke, he glanced at Maitreya.
This woman is restless!
He actually used Shion’s mouth to test it.
How can Xiao Shiyuan, who is so young, know what cultivation is?
Children, it is better for you to grow up more with your mother.
Huang was not an orphan in his previous life. Comparing his life as an orphan in this life, he clearly knows the benefits of having parents around.
“Are you leaving now?”
Miroku came over at this time and asked.
Pretending not to notice Huang’s warning look.
Itachi didn’t answer, but turned his attention to Kirara.
Huang is the captain, so he has to make the decision.
“Yeah. We’ve been out for a while now, and including the time we spent back home it’s been almost exactly a month.”
“Remember to send the mission bonus to the village, the original 50 million plus the new mission bonus. Oh, and give me the new bonus directly! Send the other 50 million to the village.”
Huang originally planned to let Maitreya take all the remaining money to the village.
But considering the village’s skinning methods, I decided to take it back myself. Without going through the village, there would be no handling fee.
“How much extra can you take?”
After getting to know each other for a period of time, he also realized that the Ghost Kingdom was not rich.
Located in the north of the continent, it is very barren. This will be Ziyuan’s territory in the future. Huang does not want to plunder too much and will do what he can.
If war breaks out, the one who will suffer will be Xiao Ziyuan.
A hint of surprise flashed across Miroku’s face, and he answered seriously, “The witches of the Demon Kingdom have never managed the country. They just collected a certain amount of taxes to maintain domestic stability. Therefore, the money for issuing missions is the private property of the witch goddess shrine. At present, they can probably take out 100 million.”
“That’s 100 million then…wait, Itachi, do you have anything that can take the money?”
Huang suddenly remembered the pain of moving the money when he first got 100 million.
At that time, we just moved from outside the gate to inside the gate, and now we are moving from the Demon Kingdom to Konoha Village…
“No, that much money is too much for even Ninja Cat to carry.”
Itachi shook his head and spoke honestly.
There were not many sealing scrolls left that he brought with him, and they were unable to hold so much money.
Huang felt his heart begin to twitch. He was silent for a while, and finally pretended to be calm and said: “Then I’ll keep it with you first. Wait until you get to Konoha, or I’ll come and get it when I have time.”
After handing over the task and receiving the seal reply from the Miroku priestess, Huang took Itachi away.
During this period, Ziyuan couldn’t bear to leave Huang and cried and called him big brother. Finally, she made an agreement with Huang to find him when she grew up, and then she fell asleep in Miroku’s arms.
Chapter 054: Drink more hot water to avoid premature aging! (Old version)
In the kingdom of birds, there is a dense forest.
A pile of firewood was burning by the river.
Weasel squatted on a tree, paying attention to the situation around him, while Huang was beside the fire, taking care of five fresh fish.
Barbecue is best done outdoors.
Now the mission is accomplished, no need to rush.
After making a lot of money, Huang’s thoughts on money decreased slightly.
After the sword-swinging mission disappeared, Huang suddenly felt a little uncomfortable.
It is a habit that I have developed over the years and I would practice it from time to time during missions.
Now Huang held the hilt of the knife, feeling countless emotions in his heart.
“The knife should be one of the oldest tools used by humans.”
Huang grasped the hilt of the knife with his right hand and pulled it out slowly. A murderous aura filled the air and a hint of cold light shone from the blade.
A bright light flashed across Uchiha Itachi’s eyes.
Uchiha Itachi closed his eyes slightly, sensing something unusual.
Then the light faded and Itachi looked over.
I happened to see Huang holding a grilled fish and eating it with relish.
Noticing Uchiha Itachi’s gaze, Huang stopped, smiled, and said:
“Come over for lunch! The grilled fish is ready…”
The seasonings bought from the market in the Land of Ghosts include salt, chili pepper, magical herbs, cinnamon twigs, lithospermum officinale, ginkgo nuts, etc.
There is still a part, the Ghost Country, which has not been found.
But this kind of seasoning is almost enough.
Then there was some barbecue sauce. When making hot pot, there was still some sauce left that Huang had prepared with his own ingredients, so he made some slight changes and got it.
There are not many sauces, only three kinds, namely spicy sauce, barbecue sauce and ketchup.
Uchiha Itachi came down from the tree and walked quickly to Huang’s side.
There was a hint of urgency in his steps.
“Don’t worry, I’ll catch a few more. It doesn’t matter if you’re a little slower.”
Huang couldn’t help but speak when he saw Itachi’s flustered look.
As he spoke, another fish went into his stomach.
When it comes to food, there is no mercy for anyone.
Only food and knives cannot be wasted.
A roll of the eyes appeared on Itachi’s expressionless face, and then disappeared in a blink.
At this moment, his hands moved faster.
Following Huang’s movements, sprinkle the seasoning on the grilled fish.
Take a gentle bite, close your eyes slightly, and savor the delicious river fish.
In five or six years of working in the field, I have never experienced a day like this.
Being able to have a decent dinner in the wild.
The delicious fish meat, with the help of brilliant seasoning, shows its unique flavor.
Itachi couldn’t help but make a sound. Just as he was savoring the food, Huang had already finished the last one.
Itachi’s mind went blank and suddenly the computer crashed.
“Huang!!! I was the one standing guard the whole way and you actually stole my grilled fish.”
Itachi finally couldn’t help but burst out and questioned.
“Last time, you used illusion to steal my mutton?”
Huang put down the bamboo stick and spoke slowly.
I finished the last piece and finally felt full.
After hearing this, Itachi looked at Huang with gritted teeth.
At this moment, he rediscovered another side of Huang.
“It’s my turn now, you grill the fish yourself!”
Huang stood up, dusted himself off and said.
Just now he did it because of Itachi’s hard work, otherwise, he wouldn’t be able to get a single fish.
“I can’t! Are you giving up now to seek revenge?”
“Yes, that’s right.”
Itachi remained silent, speechless.
Huang jumped onto a nearby tree, turned around and said, “I’m training your cooking skills. Do missions in the wild often. Drink more hot water to avoid premature aging.”
Uchiha Itachi was seriously ill at a young age, and Huang was not sure the real cause of his illness.
It may be related to the Mangekyō Sharingan, or it may be related to the fact that he has no idea about health preservation.
He looked to be in his early twenties, about the same age as Fugaku who was in his thirties…
Maybe it’s because the nasolabial folds make me look too old.
Huang is very glad that his parents don’t have such nasolabial folds and they were not passed down to him.
The sword-wielding mission is over, and Huang plans to focus on swordsmanship, physical skills, and ninjutsu and start daily training.
The Uchiha clan’s chakra attributes are relatively comprehensive, generally with six attributes: wind, thunder, water, fire, earth, and yin.
The only thing missing is the yang attribute.
Yang attribute is the ancestral attribute of Senju and Uzumaki.
Huang pays more attention to the lightning attribute, because this kind of chakra has a body-building effect and can make the practice of physical skills more efficient.
Just when Huang was thinking about his future training plan, a snow-white kitten suddenly appeared in front of him. There was a white light in its blue pupils and it was wearing a light blue princess dress.
This is a beautiful gray and white ragdoll cat. Its eyes are dull, but it seems to be paying attention to the person in front of it.
Huang could feel the kitten’s gaze.
“Huang Jun?”
The kitten spoke, a clear female voice.
The sudden change made Huang lose consciousness for a moment.
This voice seemed to have a kind of magic that drew people into her words.
The Sharingan appeared in Huang’s eyes, and he came back to his senses from his loss.
“Illusion…”
This cat speaks with magic…
“Gara-chan, why are you here?”
Itachi’s voice came from below, he knew the cat in front of him.
Kiara, the name of this ragdoll cat.
“Mother Cat invites you to visit the empty area.”
Garo spoke up.
The tone was chilling and cold.
Huang looked and found that Itachi had also opened the Three-magatama Sharingan.
The appearance of Gala made the empty zone appear in Huang’s vision.
Huang’s attention returned to reality and he saw the ragdoll kitten still looking at him with a dull expression.
“She can’t see.”
Itachi spoke out.
“Since Granny Cat invites you, you should go! Granny Cat is an old friend of the Uchiha family.”
Itachi said.
As the controller of the air zone, Cat Granny has countless ninja cats under her command, and her strength is unknown.
However, from Itachi’s attitude, we can see some of the depth of the cat lady.
“You’re not going?”
From what Itachi said, he doesn’t plan to go?
When Itachi heard what Huang said, his eyes turned to Jialuo. The little ragdoll cat curled his lips and said, “Mother-in-law didn’t say that I can’t bring others with me.”
“go.”
Itachi saw this and replied.
Chapter 055 The Whereabouts of the Ten Fist Sword (Old Version)
No conversation along the way.
Jialuo led the way in front, while Huang and Itachi followed behind.
Along the way, Huang was observing this ragdoll cat. It was very beautiful, and the princess dress did not get a single stain on it during the move.
She dodged every leaf.
The way he behaved was not that of a blind cat as Itachi said.
“The detection ability of the field? It can actually ‘see’ leaves, which are life without will… It can even see lifeless stones…”
Huang has just recently mastered the ability to detect areas, and for now he can only detect the breath of living creatures around him.
But this cat named Gala can see everything around it.
Even inanimate matter can be seen.
Itachi didn’t care about it at all. He didn’t understand how amazing the ability that Garo displayed was.
Or maybe he has long been accustomed to Gala’s outrageous behavior.
Half a day later, the surrounding environment changed.
Arrive at destination.
With a complicated expression, Itachi took out two cat ears and put one on Huang.
Huang knew what this thing was. He needed to wear these cat ears when entering the Cat Demon Palace.
Ninja tool that can understand the words of ordinary cats.
“It’s something important, right?”
Judging from Itachi’s complicated expression, these cat-shaped ninja tools have profound meaning to him.
Itachi returned to normal, forced a smile and said, “A relic of a friend.”
My former genin teammate, now…
War always brings death.
“We’re here, and grandma is inside.”
The little paw pointed to a door and licked the pink pad hidden under the paw as it spoke.
“Sister! Sister Jialuo!”
Suddenly a little kitten came slowly over and shouted.
There is a small word “忍” on the cat’s forehead. Its body is half the size of Gala and it looks like a kitten.
After shouting, he looked at Huang and Itachi with a vigilant look.
“Huh? This seems to be a new member? What’s your name?”
Itachi crouched down and spoke softly to the kitten.
The tone was very gentle.
“Itachi-chan, long time no see!”
A mottled and white ninja cat suddenly appeared and greeted Uchiha Itachi.
“I’m a boy!!”
Itachi turned his head and corrected him out loud.
He recognized the cat; he had dealt with it before.
I’ve always had something against him.
“How about that drunkard Fatty Orange? Tell him that Huahua has married me. In a month, when my child is born, I will invite him to have a drink.”
The white ninja cat asked.
Itachi was speechless. Fat Orange was the ninja cat he adopted during the mission. After signing a contract with him, he kept him in the secret room of his home.
When the kitten saw the white and black cat coming, it was so scared that it hid behind Gala.
“roll!”
Jialuo snorted coldly, full of aura.
The white and grey cat, who was about to take a step forward, was startled when he saw this. He angrily retracted his foot and finally left with his tail between his legs.
“Nekomata, go back!”
Afterwards, Jialuo drove the kitten away and left alone.
Huang noticed that the cats around her were afraid of her, and whenever Jialuo approached, they would subconsciously take several steps back.
Gala has a different status in the empty zone.
“Let’s go.”
Huang spoke out.
The cat brought back some memories for Huang.
This guy must be the cat king that Sasuke will meet in the future.
There will only be three or two ninja cats left in such a huge empty area…
The inheritance is almost extinct, with only the grandma cat and some ordinary kittens left.
Come to the room where Granny Cat is.
There was a huge soft seat in the middle of the room, on which sat an old woman, holding a little girl in her arms.
“I’ve met Granny Cat.”
Itachi spoke first after they entered the lobby.
Huang looked at Grandma Cat and her appearance was the same as he remembered.
It was the little girl in her arms, a little strange.
“You’re here.”
Granny Cat came back to her senses from playing with the little girl and noticed the two of them.
“I heard from Yuan Jun that an interesting person appeared in the family, so I asked you to meet him.”
Granny Cat said with a smile.
Our eyes met, full of inquiry.
“Hello, grandma.”
round……
That fat guy?
Huang remembered a fat man he met at the rally.
He left a deep impression on Huang. He was the first fat man in Uchiha and also a Jonin.
I didn’t expect that he was actually related to the Ninja Cat Clan in the Empty Zone.
Uchiha Madoka, I think he said he worked in the Intelligence Department?
Just raising a cat?
In an instant, Huang connected many things.
“Huang is different from what Yuan-jun described. He seems very polite. You came at the right time. My mother-in-law has some troubles here. Can you help me deal with it?”
Grandma Cat praised Huang a few words and then made a request.
“Didn’t mother-in-law tell the family?”
Itachi asked.
The Ninja Cat Clan signed a contract with the Uchiha ancestors, and the two clans helped each other and coexisted with mutual benefit.
When the Ninja Cat Clan has problems, they will tell the Uchiha, and the Uchiha will come forward to resolve them.
“It’s not good to let the family know about this…”
Granny Cat replied.
There was something concealed in the words.
He looked at Huang, seeking his opinion.
“What exactly is it?”
Granny Cat’s words were so vague, he wouldn’t agree directly.
“Recently, some uninvited guests have appeared around the empty area, and the Ninja Cat Clan is unable to expel them with their power. After seeing you, I wanted to ask for your help.”
Granny Cat explained the whole story, and seeing that Huang showed no sign of agreeing, she continued:
“I can pay you. I heard that you practice swordsmanship. I have a treasure here that I’m sure you’ll be interested in.”
“What weapon?”
When Huang heard this, he immediately became interested.
“Ten Fist Sword.”
Ten Fist Sword!
Huang’s eyes lit up after hearing this. He didn’t expect it to be this weapon.
He silently glanced at Itachi next to him, but the boy still had no expression.
At this time, Itachi didn’t know the power of the Ten-fist Sword.
One of the two great artifacts of the future Uchiha Itachi Susanoo, the Kusanagi Sword and the Tentsuken Sword, which has the ability to seal.
Anything pierced by the Ten-fist Sword will be sealed in the world of illusion forever.
Unexpectedly, the knife was in the hands of Grandma Cat.
“What do you need us to do?”
Huang asked directly.
With the artifact in front of you, the mission and nothing else matters.
“Just keep the empty area quiet and undisturbed.”
Her request was simple.
“I can take the Tenfist Sword, but Itachi needs a reward.”
Huang shook his head and said.
Grandma Cat was stunned. She didn’t expect Huang to actually make a request.
In her opinion, Huang practiced swordsmanship and should be very familiar with the famous swords in the world.
Judging from the fact that he stole the spoils of the mission, Orochimaru’s Kusanagi sword, he should be a person who likes famous swords.
Chapter 056: Reinforcements are coming, don’t be afraid! (Old version)
The Totsuka Sword is much more powerful than the Kusanagi Sword that is mass-produced by the Yamata no Orochi inside Orochimaru’s body.
It also fits in well with the Uchiha’s abilities, being able to assume different states depending on the host’s thoughts.
It can also be combined with Susanoo to gain even more powerful power.
“What else do you need in return?”
Granny Cat stopped what she was doing, sounding a little unhappy.
Huang has gone too far.
“I want the Ninja Cat Clan to sell weapons part-time, so I plan to ask for some mobilization fees. Is that okay? After all, Itachi, you can’t help me for nothing.”
Huang pulled Itachi out as an excuse.
Granny Cat’s expression eased a little, and she said, “I can give Itachi 5 million as a reward for his hard work. You are the one who will mainly solve the problem. I can also give Itachi another 5 million as hush money. You are not allowed to tell any Uchiha clan member about this matter except you two.”
Keep it confidential?
Huang felt that something was fishy. It seemed that the Ninja Cat Clan was hiding something?
Why did they hide it from the Uchiha clan? Aren’t the two clans allied?
Itachi also noticed the problem and frowned.
He walked to Huang’s side and said softly, “Huang, you should think about this carefully.”
“Fifteen million!”
Huang raised a finger and shook it.
It’s impossible not to have money.
Selling weapons makes a lot of money. The cat lady relies on a group of cats to make a living. The ninja cats are also fed by the Uchiha, so there is basically no expense.
Who has ever seen an arms dealer being poor?
As long as there is an opportunity to make money, Huang will subconsciously take a bite.
This has become a habit. I have made enough money and it doesn’t hinder my further income.
Granny Cat then said, “No problem.”
Clean, quick and efficient.
At this moment, Huang felt that the money seemed to be less.
The Ninja Cat Clan seems to be richer than the Uchiha Clan…
The outskirts of the empty zone are surrounded by a forest.
Unlike other places, the trees in the forests here are relatively short.
He ordered Itachi to continue patrolling the surroundings and be on guard.
Huang leaned against the tree trunk as usual and lay comfortably.
“Huang, something’s happening!”
Uchiha Itachi’s reminder pulled Huang from his lazy posture into fighting state.
The Land of Fire, deep in the jungle.
Jiraiya was traveling quickly. After returning from the Water Country, he followed Orochimaru’s route and went to the Rain Country again.
Afterwards, he went to the Fire Country because he received news that Orochimaru had come to the Fire Country again.
After taking a long detour, we returned to the Land of Fire.
At this time, Jiraiya was full of anger.
“Orochimaru, I will boil you into soup!”
Outside the empty zone, nine Roots were divided into three teams, constantly exploring the situation nearby.
“Captain, we didn’t find anything strange around us. Could there be something wrong with the intelligence?”
A root asked.
The commander of the Root Unit, codenamed Ding, glanced at his subordinates and said, “Our mission this time is very important. The master has given a death order. We must find the target!”
“Yes, Captain!”
The subordinate replied.
Coming towards him, a huge fireball directly enveloped the subordinate.
Ding reacted, formed seals with his hands, and spat out a mouthful of water.
“Water Style: Great Waterfall Technique!”
A huge waterfall directly blocked the fireball.
Another subordinate reacted, pulled out a kunai, and rushed towards the enemy’s location.
“Illusion Bubble”
The ninja that was rushing over was instantly frozen in place.
“die!”
Uchiha Itachi held the short knife in his hand and cut the enemy’s neck in an instant.
In battle, fire at full force.
Cold-blooded killing, with various abilities at his disposal and used in combination.
He is top-notch in all aspects including physical skills, illusion skills, and ninjutsu!
The Root Ninja was not weak either. He slashed with his short sword and his body turned into a ball of white smoke and disappeared.
Shadow clone!
“The information is correct, the Uchiha people are here.”
When the Root captain saw Uchiha Itachi’s eyes, his face lit up with joy.
It is the place where the Ninja Cat Clan is protected by the Uchiha clan.
The relationship between the two tribes, and the roots have found some information.
The relationship between the Uchiha family and the Ninja Cat is a secret that few people know about.
Uchiha rarely reveals the secrets of Ninja Cat to outsiders.
Ordinary outsiders like those living in public housing don’t even have the qualifications to come into contact with the ninja cats.
Only after becoming a ninja can you have the opportunity to interact with ninja cats.
“Illusion: Magical Shackle Technique!”
Itachi suddenly turned around, his blood-red Sharingan facing the enemy’s eyes, and the illusion was instantly activated.
Got hit!
No ability to resist.
Just as Itachi was about to draw his sword and kill the enemy in front of him, his long-cultivated combat awareness sensed something was wrong.
“Wood Style: Thorn Killing Technique!”
A piece of wood instantly emerged from the ground, tightly wrapped around the itachi, and fixed it in place.
Bang!
With the force of the wooden stick, Uchiha Itachi suddenly turned into a piece of wood and shattered.
“Wood Release?”
Itachi said in surprise, standing on a tree not far away.
This legendary exclusive bloodline limit of the first generation Hokage actually appeared in a Root!
Someone from the Senju family?
Countless thoughts flashed through Uchiha Itachi’s mind.
“It seems like you still can’t handle it, Itachi!”
Huang’s voice came from behind Itachi, his tone full of laughter.
Itachi’s forehead darkened, he felt that Huang had set a trap for him.
These enemies are all Konoha’s Anbu, and their coordinated strength is extremely strong.
It was only with the help of the two of them and Shisui that they were able to break the coordination of several Anbu and kill the enemies in an instant, but there was no way to leave any survivors.
Now, if Huang lets him go alone, how can he defeat them?
Itachi, now he is only a little over ten years old, almost eleven years old…
It is not easy to fight for a period of time and remain undefeated.
“Without my help, I don’t believe you can beat them!”
Itachi retorted.
Before launching the attack, Huang made a bet with him that whoever could defeat the invading enemy alone would receive the full mission reward.
As for the other person, he stayed outside the battlefield during the fight and just gave sarcastic comments.
Just like what Huang is doing now.
Uchiha Itachi was squeezed by Huang and was instantly at a disadvantage in the confrontation with several people.
The other two Root teams noticed the situation and immediately rushed here to help.
“Reinforcements are coming soon, don’t be afraid!”
Huang spoke again.
The passive detection capability of the field has been further enhanced, with a range of 500 meters, and it also has the ability to predict the trajectory of combat.
A distance of five hundred meters is not far in the eyes of the Perceptive Ninja, but there are no Perceptive Ninjas on the field now.
Therefore, he noticed the enemy’s approach earlier than anyone else present.
“We have reinforcements?”
Itachi dodged a Wood Release attack and took the time to ask.
“No, I meant their reinforcements.”
Pointed at the enemies opposite.
From the Wood Release used by the Root, Huang finally remembered who this person was.
Yamato!
This guy is an old acquaintance. Among the people who were monitoring him at the beginning, this guy was the most clever.
Although Yamato may look dull on the surface, he is actually very intelligent and has top-notch tactical skills.
Danzo has been cultivating it as a trump card.
Yamato code name “A”!
From its code name, we can see the importance of Yamato in the roots.
“Leave it to you!”
Seeing six people suddenly appear on the opposite side, Uchiha Itachi immediately gave up.
During the battle, he also had to endure Huang, and his combat effectiveness dropped by 20%.
This guy doesn’t speak according to the rules at all.
“Let me see what you will do when facing nine Root Jonins, including a Wood Release Ninja!”
Itachi thought with great joy, and at this moment he also had the urge to watch the show.
After the official handover, a mysterious smile appeared on Huang’s face.
“Now I have obtained the Ten Fist Sword.”
After Itachi formed a team with him, he always worked hard and without complaint.
No matter what Huang arranges, I will try my best to complete it.
Itachi was on guard most of the time during the mission, and Huang was very satisfied with Itachi’s performance.
If I continue to work against my conscience when it comes to task remuneration, I will feel uneasy.
So, Huang made this suggestion.
The reason, of course, is to hone Uchiha Itachi’s combat experience.
After all, there aren’t many opportunities to fight against three Roots.
These Root Ninjas are the elite among the elites.
In just one battle, Itachi gained a huge amount.
“Next, let’s watch my swordplay demonstration! Itachi, this is one of the few opportunities for you to get to know a little bit of my strength.”
Huang saw that Itachi wanted to compete with him, so he planned to reveal some of his strength to him.
When Huang was fighting with Wuliang, Itachi was not around, and he never had a chance to show up afterwards.
Now, just in time!
In a flash of lightning, the root of the kunai held by Itachi, who was closest to Itachi, fell to the ground instantly.
Blood gushed out of his chest and he was still mumbling, refusing to die.
“I have not yet completed the task assigned by Danzo-sama…”
The Root Ninja’s eyes were filled with resentment. He didn’t even see the shadow of the enemy…
The kunai in his hand broke into two pieces, his arm fell down, and he died.
“The speed is getting faster… Even the Sharingan has a hard time keeping up with my movements…”
At this moment, Huang showed a glimpse of his strength, and even scared himself.
Only by closing your eyes can you feel the trajectory of your own movement…